hydraulic and pneumatic clamping systems...c k - 273.15 1 ( f - 32) x 5/9 f k x 9/5 + 459.67 c x 9/5...

Hydraulic and

Pneumatic Clamping Systems

Catalogue 2008/6GB

CLAMPING. SCREWING. LOCKING.With Service Guarantee

bar

MANAGING DIRECTORS> Volker Göbel

Johannes Maier Hans-Günther Maier

THE AMF SERVICE GUARANTEE> Assuredly on the way to the top

5 Individual development You cannot find the product you need? Talk to us; we will find the right solution for you – from a special version, right through to a completely new development.

4 Warranty We believe in the high quality of our products. Complaints are dealt with quickly, unbureaucratically and generously – as far as possible, even well-beyond the guarantee period.

3 Certified quality AMF stands for painstaking production in our own works. We have followed this tradition since 1890 – today, of course, with a modern quality assurance system to ISO 9001.

2 Short delivery times From the AMF finished-product stores with over 5.000 articles, we can supply 98 % of orders from stock. And you can be sure that every stock article ordered is espatched the same day.

1 Real technical advice Many tasks and a multitude of solutions. From AMF Professional Products you can find the right way to solve your problem – fast and reliably – either at your local dealer or with the help of the specialist in our team. Just call us!

E Made in Germany It goes without saying that our range of products is developed and manufactured by our team of employees in Germany.

WE GENERATE EXCITEMENT.

Since its founding by Andreas Maier in 1890, our company has lived

though many exciting times. Today we are the leading manufacturer

in Europe, supplying over 5,000 dif ferent products from the fields of

clamping, screwing and locking. With this extensive product range we

can meet all of our customers‘ needs and requirements. But providing

optimal quality means meeting the challenges at all levels: Expert

consultation, modern team organisation, individual solutions (including

special developments), f lexibil ity in response to changing conditions, etc.

And we ourselves find this so exciting that we look forward every day

to shaping the market together with our employees and our customers

– both now and in the future. That is something you can count on.

COMPANY HISTORY

1890 Company founded by Andreas Maier as a lock manufacturer.

1920 Production program extended to include spanners.

1928 Production-line assembly of „FELLBACH LOCKS“.

1951 With the introduction of clamping elements, AMF diversified into the fields of workpiece and tool clamping.

1965 Toggle clamps extend the AMF product range. AMF catalogues are now published in ten languages.

1975 Hydraulic clamping marks further specialisation.

1982 Clamping and fixture systems round off AMF‘s clamping expertise.

1996 Introduction of the AMF Team Organisation in all business sectors. Quality assurance certified to ISO 9001.

2001 Introduction of the AMF Service Guarantee for all products.

2004 Introduction of the ZPS zero-point clamping system.

2007 The TTEC clamping system for automated welding and magnetic clamping technology extend the AMF product range.

2008/6GB

2 HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC CLAMPING SYSTEM ANDREAS MAIER FELLBACH - Telefon +49 (0)711 57 66-212 - Fax +49 (0)711 57 57 25

ANDREAS MAIER FELLBACH - Telefon +49 (0)711 57 66-212 - Fax +49 (0)711 57 57 25 HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC CLAMPING SYSTEM 3

2006/6

GB

7-20

21-61

62-122

123-146

147-155

157-162

163-167

170-171

172-178

Table of contentsTo

ol a

nd D

ie C

lam

ping

Wor

kpie

ce C

lam

ping

Clamping Elements for Ram

Clamping Elements, movable/adjustable

Clamping Bars

Power Generators

Accessories

Clamping Elements

Clamping Cylinders

Power Generators

Pneumatic swing of clamp – Positioning system for laser marking


Specifications subject to change.

2006/6

GB

Important and Interesting Facts

Recommendations and parameters for oil hydraulic equipment and installations

General: All parameters shall be issued in accordance to VDI 3267 to 3284

Oil recommendation: Oiltemperature (°C) Designation as per DIN 51 524 Viscosity as per DIN 51 5190–40 HI or HLP 22 ISO VG 22

10–50 HL or HLP 32 ISO VG 32

Clamping elements: Range of pressure: Please indicate when ordering if continuous operating pressures below 80 bar areused. For such cases different seal kits have to be used.

EnvironmentalTemperature: –10°C to +60°C

Heat expansion: At an enclosed hydraulic system,the pressure increase is approx. 10 bar per 1°Ctemperature increase. In this case a pressure relief value is necessaryto avoid damages to the system.

Seals (Material): – O-Ring out of NBR or PU– Supportingring out of PTEFE– Mounting gaskets out of PTFE, NBR or Cu– Turcon Glydring out of PTFE– Wiper ring out of PU or NBRWhen higher surrounding temperature is given, theclamping elements shall be equiped with heat resistantseals (Viton® or similiar). Delivery on request.

Mounting position: Any, if not specially indicated.

Piston radial load: The side load at the pistion shall be limited to 5%of the nominal piston force.

Speed of stroke: 0.01–0.5 m/s (For swing clamps please refer to the operating instruction)

Leakage rate: Dynamic: up to piston diameter of 32 mm:< 0.3 cm3 per 1000 double strokes and 10 mm stroke (HLP 22)For piston diameter > 40 mm:< 0.6 cm3 per 1000 double strokes and 10 mm stroke (HLP 22)Static: no leakage rate.

For your safety: To prevent injuries, the distance between workpieceand clamping element shall be limited to 4 mm max.(DIN 31001, Part 1).

To ensure safe clamping, the clamping element hasto be positioned in such a way that a remaining stroke is possible.

High pressure hose connection: For use of high pressure hoses, the following shall be noticed:– maximum operating pressure– bending radius– fastening torque of the nut– dynamic or static application– environmental conditions

Tubes: Seamless hydraulic steel tube, phosphatized and oiled,diameter 8×2 mm, according to DIN 2391 C.Tube connection as short as possible, especially for single acting cylinders. Pipe bending with biggest possible radius.

Connecting thread: Whitworth pipe thread form x according DIN 3852 part 2.Sealing by means of sealing edge. No teflon tapeor additional sealing material shall be used.

Back pressure in hydraulic systems: There is internal friction in cylinders, valves or tubing and fittings. To overcome this fric-tion approximately 2 bar pressure are required. For single acting spring return cylindersthe back pressure has to be reduced by short tubing and low additional weight at thepiston. At double acting cylinders back pressure will easily be generated when theringside of the piston is pressurized. The comparatively large oil volume cannot returnquick enough. Normally, the back pressure has no negative impact on the components,except for swing clamps where back pressure can cause malfunctions.

Operating and maintenance: – Only clean and recommended hydraulic oil shall be used– Read operating instructions carefully before putting the system into operation– The hydraulic system shall be ventilate at the highest point at low operating pressure.– Hydraulic seat valves are very sensitive against contamination.

Therefore an oil change every six months is recommended. Please check the oil level at the pump unit regular.




Hydraulic parameters, units and formula symbols

Clamping forces of bolts:

For HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC CLAMPING SYSTEM, the va-lues given for the bolts are based on fatigue strength, since highnumbers of strokes are achieved. The test force of yield strengthmay be used only with lower numbers of strokes.

Nominal cylinder sizes:

The nominal cylinder sizes are used to facilitate thechoice of cylinders. These sizes correspond to the se-lection or clamping force in kN related to the maximumpermissible operating pressure in each case (generally400 bar) and the effective piston area.

Nominal cylin-der size

2

2.4

4.4

5

5.9

6.6

8

10.1

12

14

17.5

17.8

20

32

39.9

50

63

70

78

94

125

8

9

12.5

12

14.7

15.5

16

19

20

22

25

25

25

32

38

40

45

48

50

55

63

0.5

0.7

1.3

1.1

1.7

1.9

2

2.9

3.1

4

5

5.1

4.9

8

11.4

12.5

15.9

18

19.6

23.7

31.1

0.5

0.68

1.25

1.1

1.7

1.9

2

2.88

3

4

5

5.08

5

8

11.4

12.5

15.9

18

19.6

23.7

31.1

1.25

1.7

3.1

2.8

4.2

4.7

5

7.2

7.5

10

12.7

12.7

12.5

20

28.5

31

39.7

45

49

59.2

78

1.75

2.4

4.4

3.8

5.9

6.6

7

10.1

10.9

14

17.5

17.8

17.2

28

39.9

43.8

55.6

63

68.6

83

108.8

2.0

–

–

4.4

–

–

8

–

12

–

–

–

20

32

–

50

63.6

72

78.4

94.8

124

2.5

–

–

5.5

–

–

10

–

15

–

–

–

24.5

40

–

62.5

79.5

90

98

118.5

155.5

Pistondiameter

mm

Pistonareacm2

Clamping force F in kN

100 bar 250 bar 350 bar 400 bar 500 bar

Effective

piston area A

Pressure p

Oil flow Q

Oil capacity V

Clamping-

force F

Stroke Return spring Stroke

Clamping screws Hydraulic cylinders

Nominal cylinder size

2 5 8 12 20 32 50 70 125

M 6

M 8

M 10

M 12

M 14

M 16

M 18

M 20

M 24

M 27

M 30

1

1.25

1.5

1.75

2

2

2.5

2.5

3

3

3.5

20.1

36.6

58.0

84.3

115

157

192

245

253

459

561

11.6

21.2

33.7

48.9

66.7

91.0

115

147

212

275

337

4.3

8.0

12.5

18.3

25

34

43

55

79.5

103

126

Testforceforbolt

grade8.8

kN

Permissibleloadfor

continuousoperation

kN

Thread Pitch

mm

Nominalcross-section

As

mm2

In this catalog, the units used for physical quantities are in accordance with DIN 1301.

Symbol

F

p

A

V

t

Q

Unit

N

bar

Pa

cm2

cm3

s

l

min

Description

Force

pressure

Effectivepiston area

Oil capacity

time

Oil flow rate

Unit

Newton

bar

Pascal

–

–

second

–

Conversion

1 N ≈ 0.1 kp1 kN ≈ 100 kp

1 bar =10 N/cm2

≈ 1 atm.= 105 N/m2

1 Pa = 1 N/m2

1 m2 = 104 cm2

1 dm3 = 1000 cm3

= 1l (Liter)

–

1 = 16.67l

min

cm3

s

Technical equations:

Clamping force

Operatingpressurerequired

Oil volumeper cylinder

Clamping time

F (N) = 10 x A (cm2) x p (bar)

p (bar) =

V (cm3) = 0.1 x A (cm2) x stroke (mm)

t (s) = 1+

0.1 x F (N)

A (cm2)

A (cm2) x stroke (mm) x n (no’s. of cyl.)

Q (l/min.) x 167

2006/6

GB



2006/6

GB


Important information about our installation drawingsAll installation drawings in this catalogue are in first-angle projection (DIN)

Temperature K °C °F

K 1 °C x + 273.15 (°F-459.67) x 5/9°C K - 273.15 1 (°F - 32) x 5/9°F K x 9/5 + 459.67 °C x 9/5 +32 1

K = Kelvin °C = degree Celsius °F = degree Fahrenheit

Location of other views in relation to frontelevation V,

Symbol:

D Plan view Below V

SL Side elevation To the right of Vfrom left

SR Side elevation To the left of Vfrom right

U View from below Above V

R Rear view To the left or rightof V

First-angleprojection DIN

Location of other views in relation to frontelevation V,

Symbol:

D Plan view Above V

SL Side elevation To the left of Vfrom left

SR Side elevation To the right of Vfrom right

U View from below Below V

R Rear view To the left or right of V

Third-angle projec-tion (ANSI/USA)

Conversion factors

Pressure MPa bar psi

1 MPa 1 10 145.041 bar 0.1 1 14.5041 PSI 0.00689 0.0689 1

Mpa = Megapascal psi = lb/sq. inch

Length mm inch

1 inch 25.399 11 mm 1 0.0393


2006/6

GB


Power Generators

Catalogue-pages 7-20

No. 6901

Operating pressure 350 bar1 clamping circuit

Catalogue-page 8

No. 6904

Operating pressure 500 bar1 clamping circuitConstant pressuremonitoring and pressure dropcompensation

Catalogue-pages 11–12

No. 6907

Operating pressure 400 barup to 6 clamping circuitsConstant pressuremonitoring and pressure dropcompensation

Catalogue-pages 14 – 20

Power Generators,the best solution foreach application

● operating pressure up to 700 bar

● single and double acting functions

● easy to use

● ready to start, for immediate use

● large variety

● compact design

● solenoid valves are not energizedin clamping position

● Pump unit in modular design

● different valve combinations available

● with or without electric control unit

● external M-function control

● stepless pressure setting by singlespindle adjustment

Type Single Double Clamping Output Flow Effective OilActing Acting Circuits Volume

[l]

6901 x – 1 2.1 cm3/revolution 0.026

6902 x – 1 11.25 / 2.47 cm3/stroke 1.0

6904 x x 1 0.85 l/min. 2.1

6907 x x 1 - 6 2.5 or 5 l/min. 2.4 / 6.0

Power Generators



2006/6

GB

Screw PumpNo. 6901 Screw Pump

block version andbuilt-in versionmax. operating pressure 350 bar

Approximate pressure atselected torques:

6781967835

6901-106901-20

350 2.1 26 501524

689

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Max.OperatingPressure

[bar]

StrokeVolume per rev.

[cm3]

StrokeVolume

total

[cm3]

Max. Torqueat Spindle

[Nm]

�

g

Design:Housing black hard coated and burnished. Threaded spindle hardened and burnished.

Application:The screw pump is particularily suitable to operate small clamping fixtures.

Note:For an enclosed circuit the following has to be considered:The HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC CLAMPING SYSTEM elements connected to the screw pumphave to be hermetically tight. Due to possible leakage of the clamping cylinders during stroke mo-vement and the compressibility of oil (1 % at 140 bar), the stroke volume of the screw pump shallbe used up to 70 % only. The compressibility is being increased considerabely by air content in theoil. Therefore the hydraulic system has to be carefully purged of air. An air bleed screw at the hig-hest position is a necessity. After returing the spindle of the pump, oil must be refilled at this spot.No air pocket should arise in the hydraulic system, which cannot be purged. A precise pressurecontrol is possible by a manometer only. An electric pressure switch enables a pressure monito-ring too. A pressure limiting valve is not suitable. Operating the threaded spindle by a torquewrench is possible. However the pressure should also be checked by a gauge. For the built-in ver-sion the mounting torque has to be observed.

No. 6901-10

No. 6901-20

13.527.034.040.547.5

Torque[Nm]

70140205275350

Pressure[bar]

Oil connection Plug screw

Stroke

Stroke


Power Generators

2006/6

GB


Hand PumpNo. 6902 Hand Pump

max. operating pressure 700 bar

Hydraulic circuit:

6193761945

6902-76902-8

20120

275575

320620

350320

03001000

6.08.1

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Operatingpressure

max. [bar]1.st 2nd

Stage Stage

Displacementper stroke

[cm3]1.st 2nd

Stage Stage

BA

Max.handleverforce[N]

Oil Capacityusable

[cm3]

�kg

50 700

Design:Light weight two-speed hand-pump. Small hand force required even by max. operating pressure.Pump housing out of mechan malleable cast iron. Oil reservoir made of alluminium. With pressurerelief valve, factory set at max. pressure of 700 bar. Oil filling included.

Application:Typical applications for the hand-pump are e.g. small clamping fixtures with irregular use, testingfixtures or for repair jobs. Please note, in case of a pressure drop the hand-pump is not capableof automatically maintaining system pressure.

Note: Can be operated in horizontal position or vertical position with head facing downwards. Beforeputting in to operation open combined reservoir vent-and-relief cap. Care for proper air bleeding ofconnected hydraulic components.Special pumps for different fluids and pressure ratings are available upon request.

Drain

Return line

Pressure connectionOil filling port

Power Generators


2006/6

GB

IntensifiersNo. 6903 Hydraulic Intensifier


Other sizes available on request.

Design:For tube connection, all ports with thread G1/4. Housing out of GGG40, galvanised and chromate.Piston an valve seat out steel.

Application:Hydraulic intensifier are used to pressurise HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC CLAMPING SYSTEM fix-tures and assembly devices. The low pressure of the tooling machine’s hydraulic system will beconverted into a higher operating pressure according to the ratio. Input pressure and output pres-sure are proportional. The output pressure can be adjusted by the input pressure.

Features:The most important functions are shown in the hydraulic circuit (please see below). The oil supplyfrom the power source reaches the high pressure output H of the intensifier via valve CV, input IN,check valves KV1, KV2 and DV. In this phase the intensifier is in rapid mode with max oil flow. Withincreasing pressure in H the oscillating pump unit OP automatically starts. When the pre-adjustedpressure at H is reached, the oscillation of the pump unit OP is stopped. In case of pressure lossin H the oscillation pump unit OP starts automatically in order to ensure the pre-adjusted pressure.Pressure can be relieved from the high pressure side through the pilot operated check valve DV.

Important Notes:The hydraulic oil must be filtered with mesh size not larger than nominally 10 μm, 19/16 according ISO 4406.If the intensifier will be used for applications where the oil supply is disengaged, a leakage free pilot– controlled check valve should be installed between high pressure output H and the cylinder.Please consider the min. control pressure for releasing.

The design of the intensifier allows a certain leakage between the ports IN and R. This has to beconsidered in uncoupled operations. Further intensification and sizes on request.

Hydraulic circuit: Application example:

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

rato

i

max. operating pressure

low pressureside [bar]

max. operating pressure

high pressureside [bar]

max. oil flow rate

low pressureside [l/min.]

max. oil flow rate

high pressureside [l/min.]

�g

320184275198320192

291526320200

2.03.44.0

5.06.6

0.82.52.0

1.61.3

1000

200

160120

400640800

800

81514

1413

–40to

+120

Temp.

[°C]

6903-20-206903-20-326903-20-40

6903-20-506903-20-66

high pressure port


Pressure-Flow Rate-Diagram:

2006/6

GB


Air-Hydraulic PumpNo. 6904-20 Air-Hydraulic Pump


Hydraulic circuit:

69435 6904-20 2.8 10.0 2.1 1.5 1400 6.3

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Pneum. Pressure

[bar]

min. max.

Oil Capacity usable

horizontal vertical

[l] [l]

Max. Flow

rate

[cm3]/min.

Design:Compact, air operated hydraulic pump for single acting circuits. Robust plastic tank. The motor isprotected against contamination by an air filter at air inlet and an internal oil filter. The pump isequipped with pressure relief valve and sound absorber.

Application:The air-hydraulic pump will be used for small, single acting hydraulic fixtures, e.g. for workholdingor assembly.

Features:The large air/oil intensification ratio allows for high hydraulic pressures even with small air pres-sure. Low weight allows for mobile application. The pump can be mounted horizontally or vertically.Applications in hazardous environment is possible.

Note:Optionally, pumps with other operating pressures are available upon request. Please observeproper venting of the single acting system.

All tolerances other than specified refer to DIN ISO 2768 mittel (medium).

�kg

Air connection G1/4

Oil connection G1/4

Power Generators

Pneum. Pressure

Pressure bar

Oil flo

w l/m

in.



2006/6

GB

Air-Hydraulic PumpNo. 6904-25 Air-Hydraulic Pump


Pressure-Flow Rate-Diagram:

69450 6904-25 2.8 10.0 2.1 1.5 1400 6.3

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Pneum. Pressure

[bar]

min. max.

Oil Capacity usable

horizontal vertical

[l] [l]

Max. Flow

rate

[cm3]/min.

�kg

Design:Compact, air operated hydraulic pump for single acting circuits. Robust plastic tank. The motor isprotected against contamination by an air filter at air inlet and an internal oil filter. The pump isequipped with pressure relief valve and sound absorber.

Application:The air-hydraulic pump will be used for small, single acting hydraulic fixtures, e.g. for workholdingor assembly. High degree of safety is guaranteed by automatic pressure compensation.This pump needs to mount CETOP 3 valves in order to control single or double acting cylinders. Switching of the valves can be optionally either manually, pneumatically or electrically.

Features:The large air/oil intensification ratio allows for high hydraulic pressures even with small air pres-sure. Low weight allows for mobile application. The pump can be mounted horizontally or vertically.Applications in hazardous environment is possible.

Note:Optionally, pumps with other operating pressures are available upon request. Please observeproper venting of the single acting system.


Hydraulic circuit:

Oil connection G1/4Air connection G1/4

Oil connection G1/4

Pneum. Pressure

Pressure bar

Oil flo

w l/m

in.


2006/6

GB

Accessories for Air-Hydraulic PumpNo. 6904-50 3/2 Seat valve

manually operatedmax. operating pressure 500 barmin. operating pressure 10 bar

271031 6904-50 6 Seat valve 12 l/min. 444

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Nominal size Type Nominal flow

Application:For single acting cylinders. CETOP 3 adaptation.

�g

259242 6904-52 6 Seat valve 12 l/min. 740

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.



�g

267427 6904-54 6 Seat valve 12 l/min. 459

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.



�g

68783 6904-56 6 Seat valve 12 l/min. 1825

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.


Application:For double acting cylinders. CETOP 3 adaptation.

�g

68809 6904-58 6 Seat valve 12 l/min. 2165

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.


Application:For double acting cylinders. CETOP 3 adaptation.

�g

258236 6904-90 G1/4 740

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Air connection

Application:For Air-Hydraulic Pump No. 6904-20 or -25.

�g

No. 6904-90 Air filter and pressure regulator

Power Generators

No. 6904-52 3/2 Seat valvesolenoid operatedmax. operating pressure 500 barmin. operating pressure 10 bar

No. 6904-54 3/2 Seat valvepneumatically operatedmax. operating pressure 500 barmin. operating pressure 10 bar

No. 6904-56 4/2 Seat valvemanually operatedmax. operating pressure 500 barmin. operating pressure 10 bar

No. 6904-58 4/2 Seat valvesolenoid operatedmax. operating pressure 500 barmin. operating pressure 10 bar


2006/6

GB


Options:

Oil tank volume: 4.5 l total, 2.4 l usable8.5 l total, 6.0 l usable

Oil flow rate: 2.5 l/min. or 5.0 l/min.

Clamping circuits: up to 5 clamping circuits including electrical controlup to 6 clamping circuits excluding electrical control

Further options: – Temperature control switch– Foot switch– Two-hand remote control panel– Pressure control equipment for stepless

pressure adjustment by one spindle only– Valve combination

(please see next page)

Base unit without electrical control

Modular Pump Unit

2006/6

GB


Power Generators


1) 2)

3)

4)

5)

7)

6)

Modular Pump Unit

Oil level

Control



2006/6

GB

Hydraulic Pump Unit

Fig.: Pump Unit, 1 circuit

Hydraulic circuits:

1-clamping circuit, single acting

1-clamping circuit, double acting

Design:Compact, electric driven hydraulic pump unit with single acting or double acting function, ready touse. The pump unit includes pressure switch, pressure relief valve, solenoid valve, pressure gaugeand oil level control. The electrical control is equiped with main power switch, control light, socketfor remote control panel, handle and cover.

Application:To operate single acting and double acting clamping cylinders.

Features:Radial piston pump powered by standard three phase motor with overload protection by means ofa thermo switch. Pressure control is obtained by pressure switch (DS) and pressure relief valve(DBV). To ensure a proper function the pressure at the pressure relief valve has to be set approx.40 bar above the pressure set at the pressure switch (DS).

The pump unit operates in a cut off function. In case of pressure drop, the pump unit cuts in tomaintain the preadjusted pressure. Operating pressure is indicated by control light. The oil levelcontrol switch stops the pump unit in case of low oil level and is indicated by a red LED.

Note:Care for correct air bleeding of connected hydraulic components.The pump unit must not run continuously. Max. number of switching because of pressuredrop: 2× /minute.When using a two-circuit unit, either an operating panel or a dummy conector must be inserted inboth sockets, otherwise the unit will not operate.

Options:Clamping circuits: Up to 5 clamping circuits with electrical control,

up to 6 clamping circuits without electrical control.Combinations of valves: Pressure reduction for specified clamping circuits. Pressure monitoring

for specified clamping circuits.

1

2

1

2

2.5

3/2

2x3/2

2x3/2

4x3/2

single acting

double acting

remotecontrol

40

41

41

43

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Clampingcircuits

Q[l/min]

Valvetype

Hydraulicsystem

Mode ofoperation

�kg

No. 6907 Pump Unitmax. operating pressure 400 bar

1 circuit socket for remote control

Operating

Low oil

Hydr. c

onnection G

1/ 4

Pre

ssure

relief valv

e

Pre

ssure

sw

itch

Hand e

merg

ency a

ccess

Oil levelgauge

Oil drainplug

Name plate

Pressuregauge

Main switch

61812

61820

61838

61846

6907-31314

6907-32314

6907-31514

6907-32514


2006/6

GB


Hydraulic Pump Unit

Fig.: Pump Unit, 1 circuit

Hydraulic circuits:

1-clamping circuit, single acting

1-clamping circuit, double acting


Application:To operate single acting and double acting clamping cylinders.

Features:Radial piston pump powered by standard three phase motor secured for overloading by means ofa thermo switch. For frequent pressure setting, the patented single spindle pressure control unitwhich allows stepless pressure adjustments by only spindle. The necessary pressure difference between pressure switch and pressure relieve valve is always maintained.

The pump unit operates in a cut off function. In case of pressure drop, the pump unit cuts in tomaintain the preadjusted pressure. Operating pressure is indicated by control light. The oil levelcontrol switch stops the pump unit in case of low oil level and is indicated by a red LED.

Important note:Care for correct air bleeding of connected hydraulic components.The pump unit must not run continuously. Max. number of switching because of pressuredrop: 2× /minute.When using a two-circuit unit, either an operating panel or a dummy connector must be insertedin both sockets, otherwise the unit will not start.

Options:Clamping circuits: Up to 5 clamping circuits with electrical control,

up to 6 clamping circuits without electrical control.Combinations of valves: Pressure reduction for specified clamping circuits. Pressure monitoring

for specified clamping circuits.

single acting

double acting

remotecontrol

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Clampingcircuits

Q[l/min]

Valvetype

Hydraulicsystem

Mode ofoperation

�kg

No. 6907 Pump Unitwith Pressure Control Device (DSG)max. operating pressure 400 bar

1 circuit socket for remote control

Operating

Low oil

Hydr. c

onnection G

1/ 4

Pre

ssure

control devic

e D

SG

Hand e

merg

ency a

ccess

Oil levelgauge

Oil drainplug

Name plate

Pressuregauge

Main switch

Power Generators280636

256446

251884

290726

6907-31324

6907-32324

6907-31524

6907-32524

1

2

1

2

2.5

3/2

2x3/2

2x3/2

4x3/2

40

41

41

43



2006/6

GB

Hydraulic Pump Unit

400 bar40 bar

4.5 litre2.4 litre2.5 I/min.3/2-way seat valve1 or 2G1/4max. 70 dB(A)–10° C to + 35° Cstandingradial piston pump with 3 pistonsmax. 500/hhydraulic oil HL acc. to DIN 51524 Part 1or HLP acc. to DIN 51524 Part 2HLP 22 or HLP 32HLP 22 ISO VG 22 DIN 51519HLP 32 ISO VG 32 DIN 51519

No. 6907 Pump Unit, 1- and 2-circuits

Hydraulic specifications:Max. operating pressureMin. operating pressureOil capacity reservoirOil capacity usableOil flow rateValve typesNo. of hydraulic circuitsHydraulic connectionNoise levelAmbient temp. rangePosition of usePump designLoad cycleFluid

Oil recommendationViscosity

Legend: circuit diagram of pump unit with 1 clamping circuit, remote control

F1/F2 Glass tube fuseF3/F4 Glass tube fuse

F5 Winding protectioncontact in M1

H10 LED, red“Low oil”

H11 LED, green“Operation”

K10 Contactor forpump motor

M1 Pump motor 1.1 kW

K1 Relay

S20/H20 Illuminated button“CLAMP/UNCLAMP”circuit 1

S7 Oil level switch

Q1 Cam switch

P1 Pressure switch

T1 Transformer

V10 Diode

V20 Bridge rectifier

Y1 Solenoid valve

o Strip terminal / Strip no.

X10 Flange socketfor remote control,number of poles 7

( ) Lead numbers

o Terminal strip / Terminal no.

Electrical specifications:Nominal voltageControl voltageValve voltageMotor speed aDirection of rotutionMotor ratingMotor typeNominal currentFuse, electricity supplyControl-circuit fuseElectrical connection

Code classDuty cycle

400 V/50 Hz, three-phase24 V DC24 V DC2900 1/min.any1.1 kWstandard three-phase motor3 A16 A slow-blow1 A primary, 4 A secondaryOilflex – 100; 5×1.5 mm2

3 m long andplug CEE-16 A 6 hIP 54 max. 50%, intermittent operation

Remote control

switch 6908B-1


Accessories for Power GeneratorsNo. 6907BS-1-1 Coupling Plug, 13-pin

without plug screw,without current bridge

No. 6908B-1 Remote Control Switch(manual)

Design:Compact polyester casing with light-up push button and cable with 7-pin coupling plug. Code class IP 65.

Application: For Pump unit No. 6907 with 7-pin plug socket. One remote control switch for each circuit isnecessary.

Feature:Clamping mode is additionally monitored by light-up push button.

Note:For Pump units with 2 clamping circuits two remote control switches are necessary.Magnetic base is available and can be ordered with Id. No. 61754

Design: Rugged aluminium die-casting with protective hood and cable with 7-pin plug. Code class IP 65.

Application: For Pump unit No. 6907 with 7-pin plug socket. One remote control switch for each circuit isnecessary.

Note:For Pump units with 2 clamping circuits two foot switches are necessary.

No. 6908F-1 Foot-Switch

No. 6908BS-1 Dummy Plug, 7-pinwith plug screw andcurrent bridge

No. 6908BS-1-1 Coupling Plug, 7-pinwithout plug screw,without current bridge

Design: Glasfibre-reinforced plastic with plug screw rugged version IP 65.

Note: (for pump unit with 2 circuits)

The plugs of the remote control (manual or foot-operated) and the dummy connector are furnis-hed with connections for control voltage. For this reason the pump unit will only operate if a con-trol switch, a foot switch or a dummy connector is inserted in circuit 1 and circuit 2.

Design: Glasfibre-reinforced plastic with plug screw rugged version IP 65.

Application: For connection directly to the machine control system. For special unit No. 6907-***** with 13-pinsocket.

Power Generators


2006/6

GB

6907BS-1-1 24 V DC 13 40

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

126326

6908B-1 24 V DC 7 3 m 650

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Control voltage Number of poles Cable length

60566

�g

�g

6908BS-16908BS-1-1

24 V DC 7 30

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Control voltage Number of poles

69690175349

Control voltage Number of poles �g

4,5 dia. for mountingscrew

6908F-1 24 V DC 7 3 m 3000

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Control voltage Number of poles Cable length

60541

�g


2006/6

GB

Accessories for Power Generators

6908BZH-1 24 V DC 2«3 m 3750

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Control voltage Cable length

60749

6907B-5 24 V DC 2«3 m 1200

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Control voltage Cable length

60368

�g

�g

Un-clamp Clamp

Clamp Coupling

Design: Compact aluminium die-casting with light-up push button and cable as well as a 7-pin couplingplug. Code class IP 65.

Application:The Remote-Control Switch No. 6908BZH-1 is used for controlling cylinders where dangerousclosing motions with a stroke >4 mm can occur.For the remote-control switch to operate, an external pressure switch must be connec-ted at the output of the clamping circuit.

Installation:The remote-control switch must be mounted at a suitable location. Connect the round plug on thecable to the socket of the appropriate clamping circuit. Make the electrical connections to the pres-sure switch. Set the pressure switch to operate at about 75 % of the pressure in the clamping cir-cuit.

Operation:Clamping: press the two buttons on the end faces of the housing at the same time (max. 0.5 se-conds time difference) and hold them pressed until the pressure in the clamping circuit has builtup. The green indicator lamp illuminates and the buttons can be released.Releasing: press the release button briefly. The red indicator lamp illuminates.

Note:The Two-Hand Remote-Control Switch is not approved for use as hand-protection on presses, norfor use in safety circuits. It is only suitable for use where a risk analysis has determined a low dan-ger level.

The distance from the push-buttons of the Two-Hand Remote-Control Switch to the nearest sourceof danger must be so large that, after releasing the push-buttons, the dangerous motion will stopbefore the operator can reach the hazard.(See prEN 999 “Hand-arm speed”.)

When using Pump Unit No. 6907, please note the following points:The directional-valves have a direct connection from port P to port A when no voltage is applied.In the release status, voltage is applied, which means that through a loose contact, a loose plug, orcontact difficulties, the power supply to the valve can be interrupted, and an unintentional clampingoperation initiated. In such cases, valves must be used that have a direct connection from port P toport A when voltage is applied.

No. 6908BZH-1 Two Hand Remote Control Switch

Design: Compact polyester box with luminous push-button. Code class IP 65. Selector switch and2x7 pin plug.

Application:The control unit is used to control the 2 circuit single acting pump No. 6907 with 2 x 3/2 valves. Inthis combination double acting cylinders and the decoupler block 6919-02-05 can be pressurized.In position “coupling” both circuits will be depressurized in order to ensure coupling without pro-blems.

No. 6907B-5 Remote Control Switch

Ø 6.3 formounting

screw

to pressure switch to control

Control lamp Control lamp

Clamp

Clamping

Unclamp

Unclamp



Power Generators

2006/6

GB


Hollow Rod Cylinder

Type Clamping Force Pull Force Stroke No. of Operating Mode[kN] [kN] [mm] Models

6920 20 - 125 20 - 125 8 - 20 5 single acting

6920G 20 - 125 20 - 125 8 - 20 5 single acting

6920D 18 - 188 14 - 153 10 - 25 6 double acting

6921 71 - 110 71 - 110 6 - 10 2 single acting

6935 20 - 53 20 - 53 6.5 - 12.5 6 single / double acting


Hollow Rod Cylinder,for multiple use in manufacturing processes

● clamping force up to 188 kN


● single and double acting

● hollow piston rod with or withoutinternal thread

● particularily suitable to convertexisting mechanical fixtures intohydraulic operated fixtures

● push- and pull operations possible

● wipers to protect against contamination

No. 6920

No. 6920D

No. 6935

Catalogue-page 23

Catalogue-page 25

Catalogue-page 28

Clamping force: 20 - 125 kNCylinder housing:without thread

Clamping force: 18 - 188 kNCylinder housing:with thread

Clamping force: 20 - 53 kNCompact designCylinder housing: hardened, without thread

Clamping Cylinders



2006/6

GB

Hollow Rod Cylinder

…for reaming

…for milling

…under extreme

conditions


Power Generators

2006/6

GB


Hollow Rod CylinderNo. 6920 Hollow Rod Cylinder

single actingspring returnmax. operating pressure 400 bar

6499863016650116305765003

6920- 206920- 326920- 506920- 806920-125

5.08.0

12.520.032.0

20325080

125

810121520

48

153064

3240486075

4.98.0

12.820.032.8

200350540750

1120

9301730165038506250

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

push-pull force [kN]

100 bar 400 bar

StrokeH

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Pistondia.

[mm]

eff. pis-ton area

[cm2]

Springforce

min. [N]

�g

Design: Steel cylinder body, burnished. Piston and piston rod case-hardened and ground. Built-in returnspring. Sinter metal breather. Two wipers and vent screw.

Application:Particularly suitable for retrofitting existing fixtures for hydraulic actuation. When workpieces areclamped onto a machine tool table, the hollow cylinder can be fitted over the clamp bolt instead ofthe nut. The hollow rod cylinders can be used for push or pull applications.

Features:Completely sealed against contamination and chips by means of sinter metal breather and twowipers. Piston can be moved to its end stop. Oil connection at both ends, thus easy lining up inseries.

Note: Cylinders are designed for use in combination with tempered bolts, material grade 8.8, e. g. DIN 787 and DIN 6379. Bolts matching the hole are recommended. For single acting cylindersthere is risk of sucking in coolant during the return stroke. In this case the cylindershave to be protected against the direct effect of coolant. The sinter metal breather shouldbe protected.

Dimensions:

6920- 206920- 326920- 506920- 806920-125

8090

101115149

52607080

100

4044506075

56.060.571.587.0

108.0

8294

103119151

12.514.518.522.527.5

2024263238

G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/4G1/4

ArticleNo.

RØ NØ MLKØ FØ DA

Application example:

Hollow rod cylinders No. 6920/50 in milling fixture for joint levers.

Clamping Cylinders



2006/6

GB

Hollow Rod CylinderNo. 6920G Hollow Rod Cylinder with

internal threadsingle actingspring return max. operating pressure 400 bar

6531863032653346307365359

6920G- 206920G- 326920G- 506920G- 806920G-125

5.08.0

12.520.032.0

20325080

125

810121520

48

153064

3240486075

4.98.0

12.820.032.8

200350540750

1120

10001750170039006400

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

push-pull force [kN]

100 bar 400 bar

StrokeH

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Pistondia.

[mm]

eff. pis-ton area

[cm2]

Springforce

min. [N]

Design: Steel cylinder body, burnished. Piston and piston rod case-hardened and ground. Built-in returnspring. Sinter metal breather. Two wipers and vent screw.

Application:Particularly suitable for retrofitting existing fixtures for hydraulic actuation. When workpieces areclamped onto a machine tool table, the hollow rod cylinder can be fitted over the clamp bolt in-stead of the nut. The hollow rod cylinders can be used for push or pull applications.

Features:Completely sealed against contamination and chips by means of sinter metal breather and twowipers. Piston can be moved to its end stop. Oil connection at both ends, thus easy lining up inseries.

Note: Cylinder size 20 to 50 are designed for use in combination with tempered bolts, material grade 8.8.For size 80 and 125 bolts of material grade 12.9 must be used. For single actingcylinders there is risk of sucking in coolant during the return stroke. In this case thecylinders have to be protected against the direct effect of coolant. The in sinter metalbreather should be protected.

Dimensions:

6920G- 206920G- 326920G- 506920G- 806920G-125

8090

101115149

52607080

100

4044506075

56.560.571.587.5

108.5

90.5101.5113.5132.5163.5

12.514.516.518.520.5

2024263238

G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/4G1/4

2730353849

M12×29M14×30M16×39M18×38M20×47

1719222732

ArticleNo.

SG×LengthPRØ M Ø NK LØ FØ DA


Hollow rod cylinders No. 6920G/125 in welding system for clamping of U-profiles.

�g


Power Generators

2006/6

GB


Hollow Rod CylinderNo. 6920D Hollow Rod Cylinder

double acting max. operating pressure 500 bar

675386754667595

676036761167629

M 8×12.0M10×15.0M12×18.0

M16×24.0M20×30.0M27×40.5

OrderNo.

Thread insert

6920D-015-0016920D-024-0016920D-038-0016920D-059-0016920D-092-0016920D-150-001

for Cylindermodel

627946283662844

628516286962877

6920D- 15-0016920D- 24-0016920D- 38-001

6920D- 59-0016920D- 92-0016920D-150-001

3.776.039.42

14.7223.1237.68

18.8530.1547.10

73.60115.60188.40

2.894.907.65

11.5918.6030.63

14.4524.5038.25

57.9593.00

153.15

101016

162025

3.776.03

15.10

23.5046.2094.20

2.894.90

12.20

18.5037.2076.50

3.776.039.42

14.7223.1237.68

2.894.907.65

11.5918.6030.63

85011001650

200030505350

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

push Force [kN] pullwork stroke back stroke

100 bar 500 bar 100 bar 500 bar

StrokeH

[mm]

Volume[cm3]

work str. back str.

effect. pistonarea [cm2]

work str. back str.

Design: Steel cylinder body, burnished. Piston case-hardened and ground. Piston rod is always furnishedwith HC thread. lf a piston rod with internal thread is desired, a HELI-COIL insert (diameter × 1.5) isscrewed into the HC thread.

Application:Particularly suitable for retrofitting existing fixtures for hydraulic actuation. When workpieces areclamped onto a machine tool table, the hollow rod cylinder can be fitted over the clamp bolt in-stead of the nut. The hollow rod cylinders can be used for push or pull applications.

Note:Cylinders are designed for use in combination with tempered bolts, material grade 12.9 (e.g.DIN 787). Threaded body provides a wide range of adjustability. Suitable flange nuts DIN 70852(page 30).

Dimensions:

Important note:The HELI-COlL thread insert can be mounted manually or by means of a machine mounting device.Afterwards the catch cog serving only for the mounting is to be removed by means of a special cogbreaker.Without use of HELI-COlL thread insert, sizes of column “Dia. M” in dimension table are valid forcylinder through holes.

Accessories: HELI-COIL thread insert

�g

M8 Depth:

10 mm

Clamping Cylinders

6920D- 15-0016920D- 24-0016920D- 38-001

6920D- 59-0016920D- 92-0016920D-150-001

M 50×1.5M 55×1.5M 65×1.5

M 70×1.5M 80×2,5M100×2,5

354045

506075

HCM 8HCM 10HCM 12

HCM 16HCM 20HCM 27

111214

141822

606573

7996

110

364145

506065

8.210.212.2

16.220.227.2

162025

324050

121620

253240

G1/8G1/4G1/4

G1/4G1/4G1/4

253240

506380

ArticleNo.

Ø SRØ PØ M Ø NL L1G KØ FD

596472

7895

109

A



2006/6

GB


with internal threadsingle acting, spring return max. operating pressure 400 bar

Diagram for size 70 x 6:

Fatigue strength diagramme for clam-ping screws M16 according to DIN 787,ISO 4762, ISO 4014 and the materialgrade 8.8, 10.9, 12.9C

lam

pin

g

forc

e F

[kN

]

Cla

mpin

g

pre

ssure

p [

bar]

No’s ofclamping cycles

6376863149

6921- 70x 66921-100x10

17.824.4

71101

610

1126

5570

18.525.9

7001500

16754800

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

push-pullforce [kN]

100 bar 400 bar

StrokeH

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Pistondia.

[mm]

eff. pis-ton area

[cm2]

Springforce

min. [N]

Design:Steel cylinder body, burnished. Piston and piston rod case-hardened and ground. Retraction bydisc spring. One wiper. Piston rod with internal thread and two flats (size 70 × 6) or hexagon (size100 × 10).

Application:When workpieces are clamped onto a machine tool table, the hollow rod cylinder can be screwedonto the clamp bolt and be joined to the clamp by the two threads in the body. Also suitable forholding and clamping devices directly on a machine tool table.The hollow rod cylinder is designed for use in combination with tempered bolts of material grade8.8 for size 100 × 10 and material grade 12.9 for the size 70 × 6. In case bolts of material grade 8.8 and grade 10.9 are used the pressure has to be reduced for size 70 × 6 for continuous opera-tion (see diagramme).

Features: Protected against contamination and chips by a wiper. High forces in a small design.

Note: For single acting cylinders there is risk of sucking in coolant during the return stroke.In this case the cylinders have to be protected against the direct effect of coolant. Thebuilt in sinter metal breather should be protected.

Dimensions:

6921- 70x 66921-100x10

5885

1016.525.5

75100

2656

5070

M 8M10

1316

6597

M16M24

G1/4SW 22SW 36

ArticleNo.

SRMLF G KØ D EØ CBA


At the hydraulic fixture shown, dies of different sizes are clamped by means of hydraulic pull-downclamps (6972 and 6977). For quick adjustment, six hydraulic nuts (6921) on each of the twobaseplates are mounted to the groove plate by T-nuts (DIN 787).By means of a pump unit with two circuits it is possible to adjust the baseplate and to clamp theworkpiece independently of each other.

�g

Base plate

No. 6921

No. 6972

No. 6977

Groove plate

Range of adjustment


Power Generators

2006/6

GB


Hollow Rod CylinderClam

ping Cylinders

Design:Cylinder body made of steel, burnished. Piston and piston rod case-hardened and ground. Retrac-tion by disc springs. Locking enable due external thread on piston rod and hand-locking nut. Wiperto protect against contamination.

Application:Typical use on injection molding machines and presses to hold the molds and dies.

Features: After clamping process the piston will be kept and secured in clamping position by fastening thehand nut. Hydraulic pressure can be released and the power source disconnected. For unclamp-ing, the cylinder has to be pressurised in order to allow a free movement of the hand nut back intoits original position.

Note: For single acting cylinders there is risk of sucking in coolant during the return stroke.In this case the cylinders have to be protected against the direct effect of coolant. Thebuilt in sinter metal breather should be protected.

Dimensions:

10 G1/4

No. 6921S Hollow Rod Cylinder with mechanic lockingsingle acting, spring return

6921S-46X 6

6921S-77X10

16.2

24.2

75

100

25

30

50

70

M 8

M10

13

16

85

118

M24 x 1.5

M38 x 1.5

55

70

RØ NMLF G KØ D EØ CBA


The photo shows the use of the hollow cylinder 6921S for clamping a

mold on a injection molding machine. The hollow cylinder is secured by

the looking nut and disconnected from the hydraulic oil supply.

58

85

ArticleNo.

6904769005

6921S-46x 66921S-77x10

17.824.4

45.563.2

250300

610

1126

5570

18.525.9

7001500

21505150

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

push-pull

force [kN]

100 bar 250 bar

max. opera-

ting pressure

[bar]

Stroke

H

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Piston

dia.

[mm]

eff. pis-

ton area

[cm2]

Spring

force

min. [N]�

g

locking screw



2006/6

GB


with internal threadsingle and double actingmax. operating pressure 350 bar

Oil connection

Breather plug

(single acting)

Single acting

Double acting

Single acting

Double acting

Design: Black hard coated and burnished cylinder bodys. Piston rod with internal thread, hardened andchrome plated. Wiper at piston prevents from contamination.

Application:Particularely suitable to retrofit existing mechanical fixtures for hydraulic actuation. The hollowcylinder can be operated as push or pull cylinder. Universal cylinder for clamping, pushing, lockingand punching.

Feature:Clamping cylinder with tapped piston rod. Tapped piston rod ends allow the use of custom endattachments.

Note:For single acting cylinders there is the risk of succing in coolant through the breatherport. Therefore, the sinter metal breather has to be protected e.g. by cover plates fromdirect access of coolant. The system has to be completely vented thoroughly during installation.

Dimensions:

679186793467959

6935D-206935D-306935D-53

15.818.415.2

20.629.753.2

6.59.5

12.5

3.88.1

19.3

5.98.5

15.2

572940

1837

15.818.415.2

20.629.753.2

678506787667892

6935D-206935D-306935D-53

15.818.415.2

20.629.753.2

6.59.5

12.5

3.88.1

19.3

5.98.5

15.2

572940

1837– –

6935D-206935D-306935D-53

51,563.576,5

7,57,5

10.5

41.549.564.5

323650

M10M12M16

28.524.525,5

43.556.566,5

6935D-206935D-306935D-53

51,563.576,

7,57,5

10.5

41.549.564.5

323650

M10M12M16

28.524.525

43.556.566

ArticleNo.

A C E F G HD

6935D-206935D-306935D-53

10.513.516.5

M 6×66M 8×86M10×13

121823

151518

556276

161925.5

39.547.563.5

20.525.530,5

6935D-206935D-306935D-53

M 6×66M 8×86M10×13

10.513.516.5

121823

151518

556276

161925.5

39.547.563.5

20.525.530,5

ArticleNo.

KJ L N P Q SM

Single acting

Double acting

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

push Force [kN] pull

work stroke back strokeStroke

B[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

eff. piston

area

[cm2]

�g100 bar 350 bar 100 bar 350 bar

Breather plug

(single acting)


Power Generators

2006/6

GB


Built-In Cylinder

Type Clamping Force Clamping Stroke No. of Operating Mode[kN] [mm] Models

6924 4.5 - 70 6 - 15 7 single acting

6925 4.4 - 39.9 6.5 - 32 11 single acting

6925D 17.8 - 39.9 25.5 - 51 4 double acting


Built-In Cylinder,for universal use● clamping force up to 70 kN



● piston rod with or without internalthread

● push- and pull operation possible

● quick adjustment, secured usingordinary threaded locking rings


Clamping force:4.5 - 70 kNCylinder housing:threaded

Clamping force:4.4 - 39.9 kNCylinder housing:hardened,threaded

Clamping force:17.8 - 39.9 kNCylinder housing:hardened,threaded

No. 6924

No. 6925

No. 6925D

Catalogue-page 30

Catalogue-page 31

Catalogue-page 32

Clamping Cylinders



2006/6

GB

Built-In CylinderNo. 6924 Built-In Cylinder

single acting,spring returnmax. operating pressure 400 bar

DIN 70852 Flange Nut

630246309963115

63131631646315663180

6924-056924-086924-12

6924-206924-326924-506924-70

1.12.53.5

5.58.5

12.517.5

4.58.5

12.5

20.532.550.570.5

668

8101215

0.661.22.5

.

4.08.0

15.027.0

121620

25324048

1.12.53.1

4.98.5

12.518.5

456095

205340400650

300270480

500850

14502050

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Push Force[kN] at

100 bar 400 bar

StrokeH

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Pistondia.

[mm]

eff. pis-ton area

[cm2]

Springforce

min. [N]

Design: Steel cylinder body, burnished. Piston and piston rod case-hardened and ground. Built-in returnspring. Sinter metal breather. Wiper at piston rod. Cylinder body with metric thread for flange nutsDIN 70852.

Application:Suitable for converting mechanical to HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC CLAMPING SYSTEM devices.The built-in cylinder is inserted in through holes and counter screwed at both ends with flange nuts.General-purpose clamping element for clamping, pressing, riveting and punching.

Features:The metric thread extending over the whole length of the cylinder permits with its two flange nutsDIN 70852 (please see below) lengthwise adjustment over a large range and fast positioning in therequiredby by two flange nuts. Fast attachment of fixture elements and thrust pieces the pistonthread.

Note: For single acting cylinder types there is a risk of sucking coolant liquid at the returnstroke. In this case the cylinder has to be protected against the direct effect of coolant.The built in sinter metal breather should be protected.

Dimensions:

* not to DIN

Design:Zinc-plated, steel.

Application:The flange nuts holds cylinders in the required position.

6924-056924-086924-12

6924-206924-326924-506924-70

50.546.559.5

63.572.580.593..5

445

4467

81012

12162025

202028

25303544

M30×1.5M32×1.5M38×1.5

M40×1.5M48×1.5M60×1.5M70×1.5

56.552.565.5

70.581.589.5

105.5

M 4×10M 5×12M 6×14

M 8×20M10×25M12×28M16×35

689

10131722

G1/8G1/8G1/4

G1/4G1/4G1/4G1/4

ArticleNo.

RSLG K × depthØ E FØ DA

6397463784637926380063818

63826638346384263859

638676387563883*63891

639096391763925*

267062*63933*

70852-M 2070852-M 2870852-M 3070852-M 3270852-M 35

70852-M 3870852-M 4070852-M 4870852-M 50

70852-M 5270852-M 5570852-M 5870852-M 60

70852-M 6570852-M 7070852-M 8070852-M 8570852-M100

2736384143

47495760

62677171

76819199

116

67788

8

8899

99

101010

3242444850

54566568

70758080

8590

100108125

5.56.56.57.57.5

7.57.58.58.5

8.58.5

11.511.5

11.5

M 20×1.5M 28×1.5M 30×1.5M 32×1.5M 35×1.5

M 38×1.5M 40×1.5M 48×1.5M 50×1.5

M 52×1.5M 55×1.5M 58×1.5M 60×1.5

M 65×1.5M 70×1.5M 80×2.0M 85×2.0M100×2.0

2.32.82.83.33.3

3.33.33.83.8

3.83.84.34.3

4.3

4

4466

6

6

1935365251

60627584

87100140130

130140180239299

OrderNo.

No’sgrooves

GE FB Ø DØ AArticle

No.

�g

�g


Power Generators

2006/6

GB


Built-In CylinderNo. 6925 Built-In Cylinder

single actingmax. operating pressure 350 bar

Design:Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston rod with spherical radius or internal thread. hardened and chrome plated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination. Cylinder body withmetric fine thread for flange nut as per DIN 70852.

Application:Suitable to convert mechanical fixtures into hydraulic operated. The built-in cylinder can easily be mounted and adjusted into fixture walls by slotted round nuts. Universal cylinder for clamping,pushing, locking, rivetting and punching.

Features:The cylinder body with fine thread allows easy and quick adjustment of cylinder position by twoflange nuts as per DIN 70852 (page 30). Tapped piston rod end allows the use of individual contactbolts.

Note:The system has to be completely vented during installation.

Dimensions:No. 6925-04

No. 6925-04 No. 6925-10

No. 6925-10

679756799168015

680316780167827

6925-04-16925-04-26925-04-3

6925-10-16925-10-26925-10-3

1.25

2.88

9.519.032.0

6.519.032.0

1.22.54.1

1.85.59.2

1.3

2.9

7391

118

200210254

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Push Force at 100 bar

[kN]

4.4

10.1


[kN]

StrokeC

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Pistonarea[cm2]

�g

Clamping Cylinders

6925-04-16925-04-26925-04-3

6925-10-16925-10-26925-10-3

–

6.56.55.5

51.565.583.5

55.568.586.5

1.5

24.5

6.5

12.5

M20×1.5

M28×1.5

–

M6×11

16

–

ArticleNo.

A B

6.5

12.5

D E F G J SW



2006/6

GB

Built-In CylinderNo. 6925D Built-In Cylinder

single and double actingmax. operating pressure 350 bar

G1/8 Oil connection at single

acting version

G1/8 Oil connection at double acting version

ArticleNo.

SW J K L M N

6925D-18-16925D-18-26925D-18-3

6925D-40-16925D-40-2

17

25

M 8×11

M12×13

6.5

9,

30.5

45

–

–

–

–

6925D-18-16925D-18-2

6925D-40-16925D-40-2

17

25

M 8×11

M12×13

6.5

9

45

60.5

14

20.5

14

11

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Push

Force at

100 bar

[kN]

Push

Force at

350 bar

[kN]

Stroke

C

[mm]

Pull

Force at

350 bar

[kN]

Pull

Force at

100 bar

[kN]

Vol.

Work

stroke

[cm3]

Piston

area

push

[cm2]

�

g

6794267967

6798368007

6925D-18-16925D-18-2

6925D-40-16925D-40-2

5.08

11.4

25.551,0

25.551,0

13,026,0

29,058.1

5.1

11.4

17621061

13791869

17.8

39.9

55.9

17.5

1.6

5.0

678436786867884

6790067926

6925D-18-16925D-18-26925D-18-3

6925D-40-16925D-40-2

5.08

11.4

12.525.551,0

12.525.5

6.413,426,4

14.229,

5.1

11.4

304354463

644744

17.8

39.9

–

–

–

–

Single acting

Double acting

Design:Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston rod with spherical radius or internal thread,hardened and chrome plated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination. Cylinder body withmetric fine thread for flange nut as per DIN 70852.

Application:Suitable to convert mechanical fixtures into hydraulic operated. The built-in cylinder can easily bemounted and adjusted into fixture walls by flange nuts. Universal cylinder for clamping, pushing,locking, rivetting and punching.

Features:The cylinder body with fine thread allows easy and quick adjustment of cylinder position by twoflange nuts as per DIN 70852 (page 30). Tapped piston rod end allows the use of individual contactbolts.


Dimensions:

ArticleNo.

A B D E F G

Single acting

Double acting

Single acting

Double acting

6925D-18-16925D-18-26925D-18-3

6925D-40-16925D-40-2

20.1

28.2

68,580.5

109,5

70,83,

12.5

12.5

39.552.581,0

39.552.5

8

10

M35×1.5

M48×1.5

6925D-18-16925D-18-2

6925D-40-16925D-40-2

20.1

28.2

80.5109,0

82,5111,0

12.5

12.5

52.581,5

52.581,5

88

10

M48×1.5

M65×1.5


2006/6

GB


Threaded Cylinder

Threaded Cylinder,space saving and easy use in fixtures● clamping force up to 40 kN



● piston rod with or without internalthread


● oil supplied through manifolds Clamping force:5.5 - 40 kNCylinder housing:threaded

Clamping force:2.5 - 24.5 kNCylinder housing:threaded

Clamping force:2.4 - 17.5 kNCylinder housing:hardened, threaded

Catalogue-pages 33-40No. 6930

No. 6932

No. 6934

Catalogue-page 35

Catalogue-page 36

Catalogue-page 38

Clamping Cylinders

Type Clamping Force Clamping Stroke No. of Operating Mode[kN] [mm] Models

6929 2.5 - 40,5 15 - 20 8 single acting

6930 5.5 - 40,5 10 - 20 5 single acting

6930D 4.5 - 50,5 12 - 40 6 double acting

6932 2.5 - 24.5 14 - 12 5 single acting

6933 5.5 - 40,5 18 - 12 5 single acting

6934 2.4 - 17.5 15 - 19 5 single acting



2006/6

GB

Threaded Cylinder

60111 6929-03x10 0.5 2.5 10 0.5 8 0.5 24 80

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Push Force[kN] at

100 bar 500 bar

StrokeH

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Pistondia.

[mm]

eff. pis-ton area

[cm2]

Springforce

min. [N]

No. 6929-03 Threaded Cylinderfor tube connectionwith spherical pistonsingle acting, spring returnmax. operating pressure 500 bar

Application examples No. 6929 and No. 6930:

Design:As No. 6929, but with cap screw and cutting ring.

Features:Hoses or tubes can be directly screwed onto the threaded cylinders.

Note:Pistons of these cylinders must not be loaded in retracted position. Care for protectionagainst aggressive lubricants and coolants.As the cylinder has no stop for the tube, the preassembly of the cutting ring has to be effected bymeans of a hardened pre-mounting tool.Due to the construction size, an internal stop for the piston is not possible. Therefore, please do notoperate the threaded cylinder without workpiece, as the spring could be damaged or its springforce could be reduced.

Dimensions:

Application examples No. 6929-03:

�g

6929-03x10 48 1 5 6 M16×1.5 57 6 13

ArticleNo.

SWR~LF GØ EBA

Cap screw m 8 S (A/F 19)

with cutting ring s 8 S

Article No. 6994-10Order No. 170316

Hex nut

ISO 4035-M16x1.5

(A/F)

Article No. 6994-07Order No. 160200


2006/6

GB

Threaded Cylinder

Dimensions for installationNo. 6929

Plasticwasher

No. 6929 Threaded Cylinderbottom sealing withspherical piston rodsingle acting, spring returnmax. operating pressure 500 bar

No. 6930 Threaded Cylinderbottom sealingpiston rod withinternal threadsingle acting, spring return max. operating pressure 500 bar

No. 6929 No. 6930

No. 6929

Plasticwasher

Plasticwasher

No. 6930

Design:Steel cylinder body, burnished. Piston and piston rod case-hardened and ground. Wiper on pistonrod. Built-in return spring. With plastic washer for bottom sealing. Attachment with fine thread. Forno. 6929-02 x 05 and 02 x 10 sealing with Cu-ring.

Application:Can be used in clamping fixtures of all kinds. Ideal for pressure bars for tolerance compensationin multiple fixtures and for positioning, clamping or discharging workpieces.

Features:The cylinders must not be loaded in retracted position. The cylinders must be protected against di-rect access of lubricants and coolant. The system has to be completely vented during installation.

Note:Pistons of these cylinders must not be loaded in retracted position. Care for protectionagainst aggressive lubricants and coolants.The sealing surface of the mounting hole to the thread must be at a right angle and even. For sizes02 x 05 and 02 x 10, a internal stop for the piston is not possible due to the construction size.Therefore, do not operate the threaded cylinder without workpiece, as the spring could be dam-aged or its spring force could be reduced.

Dimensions No. 6929:

6929-02x056929-02x10

6929-056929-086929-126929-206929-32

27.940.9

35.943.953.955.582.5

1.9

2.92.92.92.52.5

4

788

1112

5

1216202532

4

69

101215

M12×1.5

M22×1.5M26×1.5M30×1.5M38×1.5M48×1.5

29.942.9

38.546.556.560.987.5

12

1620242842

2336

2934434468

6

25355070

100

11

1924303646

–

899

1113

15

2530384557

–

1216202530

ArticleNo.

Ø Wmax.

Umin.

Tmax.

SW1

RL Pmin. max.

F GØ ECBA

6930-056930-086930-126930-206930-32

35.943.953.955.582.5

9.98.5

11.511.513.5

788

1112

1216202532

69

101215

M22×1.5M26×1.5M30×1.5M38×1.5M48×1.5

M 6× 6M 6× 6M 8× 8M 8× 8M12×12

45.553.966.969.998.5

1620242842

2934434468

1924303646

1013171924

899

1113

2530384557

1216202530

ArticleNo.

Umin.

Ø Wmax.

Tmax.

SW2

SW1

K×depth L.9P

min. max.

F GØ ECBA


6009560103

6004660053600616007960087

6929-02x056929-02x10

6929-056929-086929-126929-206929-32

0.5

1.12.03.04.98.9

2.5

5.510.015.524.540.9

510

1012151620

0.250.50

1.12.44.77.8

16.0

8

1216202532

0.5

1.12.03.14.98.0

10

40506080

225

24

4570

105145270

1525

80140220390930

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Push Force[kN] at

100 bar 500 bar

StrokeH

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Pistondia.[mm]

eff. pis-ton area

[cm2]

Md

[Nm]

Springforce

min. [N]

6012960137601456015260160

6930-056930-086930-126930-206930-32

1.12.93.94.98.9

5.510.015.524.540.9

1012151620

1.12.44.77.8

16.0

1216202532

1.12.03.14.98.0

40506080

225

4570

105145270

80140230410970

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Push Force[kN] at

100 bar 500 bar

StrokeH

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Pistondia.[mm]

eff. pis-ton area

[cm2]

Md

[Nm]

Springforce

min. [N]

�g

�g

Specifications subject to

change.

Clamping Cylinders



Threaded Cylinder2006/6

GB

No. 6930D Threaded Cylinderdouble actingmax. operating pressure 400 bar

320507320515320523

320531320549320556

6930D-056930D-086930D-12

6930D-206930D-326930D-50

4.58

12

19.632.150.2

121620

253240

1.43.26.3

12.325.750.2

0.824

7.315.730.6

121620

253240

107186270

519920

1639

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.


[kN]

2.54.98

11.619.630.6

Pull Force at 400 bar

[kN]

StrokeH ± 1[mm]

Vol.Push Pull[cm3] [cm3]

Pistondia. D[mm]

�g

Design:Cylinder body is made of hardened and tempered steel and blued. Piston is hardened andtempered, ground, nitrided, and treated with a corrosion-resistant coating.

Application:These threaded cylinders can be used in all types of clamping fixtures. Ideal for pressure bars fortolerance compensation in multiple-workpiece clamping fixtures, and also for positioning, holdingor ejecting, and clamping workpieces. Can be used extending or retracting.

Features:The O-rings are smaller than the body thread, so that the danger of damage to the seals duringinstallation is reduced.The two-piece body makes it easier to change the pisto-rod seal. The body seals against the boresurface. For sizes 05 and 08, there is additional sealing between the body head and the fixturebody. Small size, can be installed closely spaced side-by-side. The cylinder must be screwed intothe fixture body up to its flange. Hydraulic oil can be supplied through a common drilling in thefixture body.

Note:– Maximum speed of operation 0.5 m/s.– Can be supplied on request for higher pressures and temperatures.– Minimum working pressure 40 bar.

6930D-05

6930D-08

6930D-12

6930D-20

6930D-32

6930D-50

ArticleNo.

A

39

48

53

65

72

86

5.5

6.0

6.0

7.0

10.0

12.0

M22x1.5

M26x1.5

M32x1.5

M40x1.5

M50x1.5

M60x1.5

8

10

12

16

20

25

44

53

62

72

79

94

18.0

19.0

20.0

25.0

28.0

30.5

M5x11

M6x14

M8x14

M10x18

M12x18

M16x28

52

65

67

82

94

112

25.5

30.0

31.5

39.0

44.0

47.0

39

48

53

65

72

86

20

25

30

35

42

50

18

22

28

35

44

55

31

33

38

45

55

66

30

32

37

44

54

65

8.5

8.5

10.5

13.5

15.5

19.0

2.5

2.5

4.2

5.2

6.2

6.2

18

22

28

35

44

55

7

8

10

13

17

24

B G Ø Ef7

I J K x depth L± 1

M+ 1

P± 0.2

R Ø SH7

Ø Tmin.

U W± 0.2

Ø X Ø Yf7

SW

Dimensions:

0.2 deep sealing

surface Rz 6.3

Edges radiused,

Rmax. 0.5

Depth of tolerance

Alternative versions

U+min. 0.5

Clamping Cylinders


2006/6

GB

Threaded CylinderNo. 6932 Threaded Cylinder

with spherical piston rodsingle acting, spring returnmax. operating pressure 500 bar

No. 6933 Threaded Cylinderpiston rod with internal threadsingle acting, spring return max. operating pressure 500 bar

No. 6932

No. 6933

No. 6933

6017860186601946020260210

6932-026932-056932-086932-126932-20

0.51.12.03.05.0

2.55.5

10.015.024.5

4468

12

0.20.451.22.55.9

812162025

0.51.12.03.14.9

8090

110120130

253565

100155

5080

130300470

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Push Force[kN] at

100 bar 500 bar

StrokeH

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Pistondia.[mm]

eff. pis-ton area

[cm2]

Md

[Nm]

Springforce

min. [N]

6000460012600206003861176

6933-056933-086933-126933-206933-32

1.12.03.05.08.0

5.510.015.024.540.0

810101212

0.92.03.15.99.6

1216202532

1.12.03.14.98.0

90110120130150

3570

115160240

120200370510750

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Push Force[kN] at

100 bar 500 bar

StrokeH

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Pistondia.[mm]

eff. pis-ton area

[cm2]

Md

[Nm]

Springforce

min. [N]

Design:Steel cylinder body, burnished with hex nut. Piston an piston rod case-hardened and ground. Wiperon piston rod. Built-in return spring. Sinter metal breather. Attachment with standard fine thread.Sealing by sealing edge (see note).

Application:Ideal for clamping bars for tolerance compensation in multiple fixtures and for positioning, clam-ping or discharging workpieces.

Features:The cylinders must not be loaded in retracted position. The cylinders must be protected against di-rect access of lubricants and coolant. The system has to be completely vented during installation.

Note:For single acting cylinder types there is a risk of sucking coolant at the return stroke.The built in sinter metal breather should be protected.Sealing by sealing edge. Sealing surface must be rectangular to thread and plane.



No. 6932

�g

�g

6932-026932-056932-086932-126932-20

1414212733

11222

1212141821

58

101216

M16×1.5M20×1.5M24×1.5M30×1.5M36×1.5

2727374756

1212141821

1028303650

1924273641

2430344450

2329334349

ArticleNo.

Ø YUmin.

SW1RP+1LGØ ECBA

6933-056933-086933-126933-206933-32

2534343535

66689

1518212325

810121616

M20×1.5M24×1.5M30×1.5M36×1.5M42×1.5

M4×10M5×12M6×14M8×17M8×17

4658616669

33333

1215182022

2427364150

689

1313

3034445061

2933434960

ArticleNo.

Ø YUmin.

SW2SW1P+1L OG K ×depthØ ECBA




2006/6

GB


Threaded CylinderNo. 6934 Threaded Cylinder

bottom sealingsingle actingmax. operating pressure 350 bar

Design: Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston rod with spherical radius or internal thread,hardened and chrome plated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination.

Application:Threaded cylinders are designed for space saving installation at fixtures. Universal clamping cylin-der for clamping, pushing, locking and positioning.

Features:Small design allows compact arrangements. Manifold mounting eliminates exposed tubing forclean, compact, clutter-free fixtures.

Note:The cylinders must not be loaded in retracted position. The cylinders must be protect-ed against direct access of lubricants and coolant. The system has to be completelyvented during installation.

Dimensions:

6934-02-16934-04-16934-10-16934-10-26934-17-1

ArticleNo.

4.56.5

12.512.516.0

28.037.034.561.537.5

55888

17.525.015.542.519.0

0.51.51.51.52.5

M16×1.5M20×1.5M28×1.5M28×1.5M35×1.5

1316222227

–––

M6×11.5M6×12.5

6.56.5

19.0––

13.516.523.523.531.5

A B D E F G SW J K L

Installation dimensions:


Washer

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.


[kN]


[kN]

StrokeC

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Pistonarea[cm2]

�g

6831268338683536837968395

6934-02-16934-04-16934-10-16934-10-26934-17-1

0.681.252.882.885.08

15.016.519.519.518.5

0.30.82.75.54.0

0.71.32.92.95.1

127154195191159

12.414.410.110.117.5

6934-02-16934-04-16934-10-16934-10-26934-17-1

ArticleNo.

M16×1.5M20×1.5M28×1.5M28×1.5M35×1.5

14.518.526.526.533.5

13.816.823.423.431.2

8.09.5

16.516.522.5

44777

G

4054686850

Md[Nm]

Ø B±0,15

Ø C±0,13

Ø D E

Installationsdetails:


2006/6

GB

Clamping Cylinders

Threaded Cylinder


2006/6

GB

Hydraulic Clamp


2006/6

GB


Block Cylinder

Type Clamping Force Pull Force Clamping Stroke No. of Operating Mode[kN] [kN] [mm] Models

6926 10 - 155.5 – 8 - 25 28 single acting

6926D 10 - 155.5 6 - 93 16 - 50 28 double acting

6936 10.1 - 39.9 – 6.5 - 51 7 single acting

6936D 10.1 - 39.9 5.6 - 17.5 6.5 - 51 8 double acting


Block Cylinder,for various designapplications● clamping force up to 155.5 kN



● piston rod with internal thread

● push-pull operation

● furnished with longitudinal andcross mounting holes and key slot(most models) for additional back up


Clamping force: 10 - 155.5 kNtwo mounting versions, two strokes

Clamping force: 10 - 155.5 kNtwo mounting versions, two strokes

Clamping force:10.1 - 39.9 kNtwo mounting versions, three strokes, cylinder housing, hardened

No. 6926

No. 6926D

No. 6936 / No. 6936D

Catalogue-pages 42 + 43



Clamping Cylinders



2006/6

GB

Block CylinderNo. 6926 Block Cylinder

single acting, spring returnmax. operating pressure 500 bar

6335463362

6337063388

6339663404

6341263420

6343863446

6345363461

6347963487

6926- 8-

6926- 12-

6926- 20-

6926- 32-

6926- 50-

6926- 78-

6926-125-

2

3.1

5

8

12.5

19.6

31.3

10.6

15.5

25.6

40.6

62.5

98.6

155.5

820

820

820

1020

1020

1220

1225

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

2

3.1

5

8

12.5

19.6

31.1

50

70

140

195

270

410

430

900

1000

1500

2400

3300

5300

8000

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Push Force[kN] at

100 bar 500 bar

StrokeH

[mm]

Vol.

Ω[cm3]

Pistondia.

[mm]

eff. pis-ton area

[cm2]

Springforce

min. [N]

001002

001002

001002

001002

001002

001002

001002

Special sizes are available on request.

Design:Steel cylinder body, burnished. Piston and Piston rod case-hardened and ground. Internal threadand wiper at piston rod.

Features: Universal mounting by means of mounting holes. Each cylinder size is available with two differentstrokes.

Note:For single acting cylinders there is risk of sucking in coolant during return stroke. In this case the sinter metal breather shall be piped to a clean, protected area. Further sizes are available on request. For applications above 160 bar operating pressure, cylinders must be tenon-blockedat slot or being backed up at cylinder body. For fixing screws must be strength class 12.9.


Dimensions:

6926- 86926- 126926- 206926- 32

6926- 506926- 786926-125

56616475

7990

102

919594

100

104115122

60606575

85100125

35354555

637595

9.513.515.519.5

24.530.538.5

677

10

101014

11

111317

M 6×12M 8×15M10×15M12×15

M16×25M20×30M27×40

ArticleNo.

N × depthC Ø E L MB

Version-001 -002

A

6926- 86926- 126926- 206926- 32

6926- 506926- 786926-125

40405055

637695

G1/4

G1/4

8101317

222736

22223035

404565

6.56.58.5

10.5

10.513.517.5

17171822

242726

ArticleNo.

Q R S U Ø W Z

�g

Hexagon socket with sinter

metal breather

1.64.0

2.46.2

4.010.0

8.016.0

12.525.0

23.539.2

37.377.75


1.64.0

2.46.2

4.010.0

8.016.0

12.525.0

23.539.2

37.377.75

2006/6

GB



single acting, spring returnmax. operating pressure 500 bar

6351163529

6353763545

6355263560

6357863586

6359463602

6361063628

6363663644

6926- 8-

6926- 12-

6926- 20-

6926- 32-

6926- 50-

6926- 78-

6926-125-

2

3.1

5

8

12.5

19.6

31.1

10.6

15.5

25.6

40.6

62.5

98.6

155.5

820

820

820

1020

1020

1220

1225

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

2

3.1

5

8

12.5

19.6

31.1

50

70

140

195

270

410

430

900

1000

1500

2400

3300

5300

8000

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Push Force[kN] at

100 bar 500 bar

StrokeH

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Pistondia.

[mm]

eff. pis-ton area

[cm2]

Springforce

min. [N]

003004

003004

003004

003004

003004

003004

003004


Design:Steel cylinder body, burnished. Piston and piston rod case-hardened and ground. Internal threadand wiper at piston rod.

Features: Universal mounting to fixtures by means of mounting holes. Each cylinder size is available with twodifferent strokes.

Note:For single acting cylinders there is risk of sucking in coolant during return stroke. Inthis case the sinter metal breather shall be piped to a clean, protected area. Forapplications above 160 bar operating pressure, cylinders must be tenon-blocked atslot or being backed up at cylinder body. For fixing screws must be strenght class 12.9.


Dimensions:

6926- 86926- 126926- 206926- 32

6926- 506926- 786926-125

56616475

7990

102

919594

100

104115122

60606575

85100125

35354555

637595

9.513.515.519.5

24.530.538.5

30303338

404450

677

10

101014

11

111317

ArticleNo.

C Ø E F L MB

Version-003 -004

A

6926- 86926- 126926- 206926- 32

6926- 506926- 786926-125

M 6×12M 8×15M10×15M12×15

M16×25M20×30M27×40

40405055

637695

G1/4

G1/4

8101317

222736

88

1012

121620

6.56.58.5

10.5

10.513.517.5

2223

355

17171822

242726

ArticleNo.

N×depth Q R S YØ W X Z

�g

Hexagon socket with sinter

metal breather

Clamping Cylinders



2006/6

GB

Block CylinderNo. 6926D Block Cylinder

double actingmax. operating pressure 500 bar


Design: Steel cylinder body, burnished. Piston and piston rod case-hardened and ground. Tandem sealingand wiper at piston rod. Piston rod with internal thread.


Note: For applications above 160 bar operating pressure, cylinders must be tenon-blockedat slot or being backed up at cylinder body. For fixing screws must be strength class 12.9.


Dimensions:

6926D- 86926D- 126926D- 206926D- 32

6926D- 506926D- 786926D-125

56616475

7990

102

919594

100

104115122

60606575

85100125

35354555

637595

9.513.515.519.5

24.530.538.5

677

10

101014

11

111317

M 6×12M 8×15M10×15M12×15

M16×25M20×30M27×40

ArticleNo.

N ×depthC Ø E L MB

Version-001 -002

A

6926D- 86926D- 126926D- 206926D- 32

6926D- 506926D- 786926D-125

40405055

637695

G1/4

G1/4

8101317

222736

22223035

404565

6.56.58.5

10.5

10.513.517.5

17171822

242726

ArticleNo.

Q R S U Ø W Z

Push Push Stroke Volume, Volume, Piston Piston PistonForce at Force at push pull dia. area, area,

Article100 bar 500 bar push pull

No.[kN] [kN] [mm] [cm3] [cm3] [mm] [cm2] [cm2] g

6926D- 8-200 2.0 10.0 100 20 12 16 2.0 1.2 22006926D- 12-200 3.1 15.5 100 31 20 20 3.1 1.6 2300

6926D- 20-200 5.0 25.0 100 50 29 25 4.9 2.9 31006926D- 32-200 8.0 40.0 100 80 49 32 8.0 4.9 4500

6926D- 50-200 12.5 62.5 100 125 76 40 12.5 7.6 58006926D- 78-200 19.6 98.0 100 196 116 50 19.6 11.6 8500

6926D-125-200 31.1 155.0 100 311 186 63 31.1 18.6 14500

6926D-200-001 50.3 251.0 32 160 98 80 50.3 30.5 150006926D-200-002 50.3 251.0 80 402 245 80 50.3 30.5 210006926D-200-200 50.3 251.0 100 503 305 80 50.3 30.5 24000

�

Special block cylinders – double acting

6203462042

6211762133

6217462182

6225762323

6239862406

6255462562

6259662604

6926D- 8-

6926D- 12-

6926D- 20-

6926D- 32-

6926D- 50-

6926D- 78-

6926D-125-

2.6

3.1

5.6

8.6

12.5

19.6

31.1

10.6

15.5

25.6

40.6

62.5

98.6

155.5

1650

1650

2050

2550

2550

2550

3050

3.210,6

5,615.5

9.825,6

20,640,6

31.462.5

49,698,6

93.5155.56

1.96,6

2.68,6

5.814.5

12.224.5

19.138,6

29,658,6

55.893,6

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

6,6

8,6

14.5

24.5

38,6

58,6

93,6

1.2

1.6

2.9

4.9

7.6

11.6

18.6

900

1000

1500

2400

3300

4500

8000

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Push Force[kN] at

100 bar 500 bar

StrokeH

[mm]

Volumepush pull[cm3] [cm3]

Pistondia.[mm]

Pull Force[kN] at

100 bar 500 bar

001002

001002

001002

001002

001002

001002

001002

�g


2006/6

GB



double acting max. operating pressure 500 bar


Design:Steel cylinder body, burnished. Piston and piston rod case-hardened and ground. Tandem sealingand wiper at piston rod. Piston rod with internal thread.


Note:The block cylinders are designed with slots for keys. All tolerances other than specified refer to DIN ISO 2768 mittel (medium). For applications above 160 bar operating pressure, cylinders must be tenon-blockedat slot or being backed up at cylinder base. For fixing screws must be strength class 12.9.

Dimensions:

Push Push Stroke Volume, Volume, Piston Piston PistonForce at Force at push pull dia. area, area,Article100 bar 500 bar push pullNo.

[kN] [kN] [mm] [cm3] [cm3] [mm] [cm2] [cm2] g

6926D- 8-400 2.0 10.0 100 20 12 16 2.0 1.2 22006926D- 12-400 3.1 15.5 100 31 20 20 3.1 1.6 2300

6926D- 20-400 5.0 25.0 100 50 29 25 4.9 2.9 31006926D- 32-400 8.0 40.0 100 80 49 32 8.0 4.9 4500

6926D- 50-400 12.5 62.5 100 125 76 40 12.5 7.6 58006926D- 78-400 19.6 98.0 100 196 116 50 19.6 11.6 8500

6926D-125-400 31.1 155.0 100 311 186 63 31.1 18.6 14500

6926D-200-003 50.3 251.0 32 160 98 80 50.3 30.5 150006926D-200-004 50.3 251.0 80 402 245 80 50.3 30.5 210006926D-200-400 50.3 251.0 100 503 305 80 50.3 30.5 24000

�

Special block cylinders – double acting

6926D- 86926D- 126926D- 206926D- 32

6926D- 506926D- 786926D-125

56616475

7990

102

919594

100

104115122

60606575

85100125

35354555

637595

9.513.515.519.5

24.530.538.5

30303338

404450

677

10

101014

11

111317

ArticleNo.

C Ø E F L MB

Version-003 -004

A

6926D- 86926D- 126926D- 206926D- 32

6926D- 506926D- 786926D-125

M 6×12M 8×15M10×15M12×15

M 16×25M 20×30M 27×40

40405055

637695

G1/4

G1/4

8101317

222736

88

1012

121620

6.56.58.5

10.5

10.513.517.5

2223

355

17171822

242726

ArticleNo.

N ×depth Q R S YØ W X Z

Clamping Cylinders

6206762091

6215862166

6219062208

6237262380

6245562463

6257062588

6265362786

6926D- 8-

6926D- 12-

6926D- 20-

6926D- 32-

6926D- 50-

6926D- 78-

6926D-125-

2,6

3.1

5,6

8,6

12.5

19.6

31.1

10,6

15.5

25,6

40,6

62.5

98,6

155.5

1650

1650

2050

2550

2550

2550

3050

3.210,6

5,615.5

9.825,6

20,640,6

31.462.5

49,698,6

93.5155.56

1.96,6

3.210,6

5.814.5

12.224.5

19.138,6

29,658,6

55.893,6

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

1.2

1.6

2.9

4.9

7.6

11.6

18.6

6,6

8,6

14.5

24.5

38,6

58,6

93,6

900

1000

1500

2400

3300

4500

8000

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Push Force[kN] at

100 bar 500 bar

StrokeH

[mm]

Volume[cm3]

push pull

Pistondia.[mm]

Pull Force[kN] at

100 bar 500 bar

003004

003004

003004

003004

003004

003004

003004

�g


2006/6

GB

Special Block Cylinders

On request, we can supply block cylinders with O-ring connections in speci-

al versions. Thanks to their large force range, compact dimensions, and short

and precise cycle times, block cylinders are the ideal solution for innumera-

ble applications and sectors.

Applications: Sectors: Features/execution:– positioning – car manufacture – max. operating pressure 500 bar

– machining – machine-tool manufacture – 8 mm to 200 mm stroke

– coining – tool making – over 1000 kN force range

– blanking – mould making – operate in any position

– riveting – injection moulding

– clamping

– closing

– opening

– bending

– pulling

Connections in side face Connections in base Connections in piston-rod face



2006/6

GB

On request, we can supply block cylinders with O-ring or threaded connections inspecial versions, double acting, aluminium housing.With individually-adjustable magnetic sensors for position monitoring, and transver-se or axial mounting holes.

Block cylinders with position monitoring are used for clamping and releasing tasks and in automatic plant andproduction operations where they must be integrated into a cycle. The current piston position is detected by magne-tic sensors, which are mounted in an axial slot so that they can be easily set or adjusted.

Further featuresMaximum operating pressure 350 bar, 20 mm to 100 mm stroke. Case-hardened steel piston. Compact size, individu-al connections and mountings are possible.

Special Block Cylinders with Magnetic SensorsClam

ping Cylinders



2006/6

GB


single actingmax. operating pressure 350 bar

6802368049

680566807268098

6811468130

6936-10-16936-10-2

6936-18-16936-18-26936-18-3

6936-40-16936-40-2

12.88

15.08

11.48

6.519.0

12.525.551.0

12.525.5

1.95.7

6.513.026.0

14.529.0

12.9

15.1

11.4

463653

88010611442

12701506

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Push Forceat 100 bar

[kN]

10.1

17.8

39.9

Push Forceat 350 bar

[kN]

Stroke

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Pistonarea[cm2]

�g

6936-10-16936-10-2

6936-18-16936-18-26936-18-3

6936-40-16936-40-2

60.579.5

71.584.5

112.5

73.586.5

46.566.5

57.569.598.5

57.569.5

57.5

58.5

10.5

7

9

9

–

––41

_

23.5

26.5

26.5

12.2

20.1

28.2

33.5

38.0

51.0

5.5

6.5

9.0

510

51.0

63.5

33.5

38.0

48.0

7

7

9

11

17

25

16

32

35.5

28.5

44.5

51.5

M 6×11

M 8×11

M12×13

27.5

35.5

44.5

9.5

12.5

12.5

28.547.5

28.541.570.5

28.541.5

9.5

8.5

8.5

–

14.5

17.5

ArticleNo.

A C D Ø E F G Ø H J K L M Ø Q SW V W X Ø Y Z AA AB AC

Dimensions:

Design: Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston and piston rod with internal thread, harde-ned and chrome plated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination.

Application:Universal mounting. Universal block cylinder for e.g. clamping, pushing, locking, rivetting.

Features:Different strokes are available for each cylinder size. Every model is furnished with parallel and per-pendicular mounting holes. Tapped piston rod ends allow the use of custom end attachments.

Note:For single acting cylinders there is risk of sucking in coolant through the breather port.In such cases the breather port has to be piped to a clean protected area. The systemhas to be completely vented during installation.

For applications above 160 bar operating pressure, cylinders must be tenon-blockedat slot or being backed up at cylinder body. For fixing screws must be strength class 12.9.

Breather plug

Alternative oil connectionG1/8 at 6936-110X and 6936D-10-X


2006/6

GB



double actingmax. operating pressure 350 bar

Design: Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston and piston rod with internal thread, harde-ned and chrome plated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination.

Application:Universal mounting. Universal block cylinder for e.g. clamping, pushing, locking, rivetting.

Features:Different strokes are available for each cylinder size. Every model is furnished with parallel and per-pendicular mounting holes. Tapped piston rod ends allow the use of custom end attachments.


For applications above 160 bar operating pressure, cylinders must be tenon-blockedat slot or being backed up at cylinder body. For fixing screws must be strength class 12.9.

6936D-10-16936D-10-2

6936D-18-16936D-18-26936D-18-3

6936D-40-16936D-40-26936D-40-3

60.579.5

71.584.5

112.5

73.586.5

114.5

46.566.5

57.569.598.5

57.569.598.5

7.5

8.5

10.5

7

9

9

–

––41

––41

23.5

26.5

26.5

12.2

20.1

28.2

33.5

38.0

51.0

5.5

6.5

9.0

51.5

51.0

63.5

33.5

38.0

48.0

7

7

9

11

17

25

16.0

32.0

35.5

28.5

44.5

51.5

M 6×11

M 8×11

M12×13

27.5

35.5

44.5

9.5

12.5

12.5

28.547.5

28.541.570.5

28.541.570.7

9.5

8.5

8.5

–

14.5

17.5

ArticleNo.


Dimensions:

Alternative oil connectionG1/8 at 6936-110X and 6936D-10-X

Clamping Cylinders

6815568171

681976821368239

682546827068296

6936D-10-16936D-10-2

6936D-18-16936D-18-26936D-18-3

6936D-40-16936D-40-26936D-40-3

12.9

15.1

11.48

10.1

17.8

39.9

6.519.0

12.525.551.0

12.525.551.0

2.9

5.1

11.4

1.6

1.7

5.0

467644

46310301397

122514471851

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Push Force[kN] at

100 bar 350 bar

1.6

1.7

5.0

5.6

6.0

17.5

Pull Force[kN] at

100 bar 350 bar

StrokeB

[mm]

Piston areawork stroke back stroke

[cm2] [cm2]

�g

1.95.7

6.513,026,0

14.529,058,0

Vol.work str.

[cm3]


2006/6

GB

Block Cylinder


Clamping Cylinders

Power Generators

2006/6

GB


Clamping Cylinders

Push-Pull Cylinder


Type Clamping Stroke Pull Force No. of Operating Mode[mm] [kN] Models

6927B 25.5 - 51.0 5.9 - 17.5 4 single acting

6927G 20.0 - 29.5 6.6 - 14.0 2 single acting

6928G 20.0 - 29.5 6.6 - 14.0 2 double acting

6951KZ/KZN 14.5 - 30.0 2.2 - 40.0 8 single / double acting

6951FZ/FZN 14.5 - 30.0 2.2 - 40.0 8 single / double acting

6951GZ/GZN 14.5 - 51.0 2.2 - 40.0 10 single / double acting

Push-Pull Cylinder,for individual workholding applications

● pull force 2.2 - 40 kN


● pistion guided or unguided

● hardened and chromeplated piston rod

● body hardened and burnished

● oil supply through threaded portand/or manifolds

● guided version with patented V-shape groove

Pull force: 5.9 - 17.5 kNConnection:threaded porting

Pull force: 6.6 - 14 kNConnection:threaded porting

Pull force: 2.2 - 40 kNConnection:manifold orthreaded porting

No. 6927B

No. 6927G

No. 6951FZ/FZN

Catalogue-page 52

Catalogue-page 53



Breather plug

Oil connection


2006/6

GB

Pull CylinderNo. 6927B Pull Cylinder,

block typesingle actingmax. operating pressure 350 bar

6806468080

6810668122

6927B-06-16927B-06-2

6927B-18-16927B-18-2

15.9

17.5

4.48.8

12.725.4

1.7

5.5

10751433

14831905

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Pull Forceat 350 bar

[kN]

25.551.0

25.551.0

StrokeB

[mm]

Volumepull

[cm3]

Piston areapull

[cm2]

�g

6927B-06-16927B-06-2

6927B-18-16927B-18-2

109.5163.5

111.5165.5

69.598.5

69.598.5

33.559.5

35.561.5

9

9

–41

–41

26.5

26.5

20.1

28.2

38

51

6.5

9.0

51.0

63.5

38

48

7

9

17

25

31.5

35.5

44.5

51.5

M 8×11

M12×13

35.5

44.5

12.5

12.5

4170

4170

8

8

14.5

17.5

ArticleNo.


Dimensions:

Design: Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston rod with internal thread, hardened andchrome plated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination.

Application:Universal pull cylinder for various applications.

Features:Piston not guided. The internal thread at piston rod allows for mounting of attachments like clam-ping arms or set screw. Parallel and longitudinal mounting holes for universal mounting.



Power Generators

2006/6

GB


Pull Cylinder

6814868163

6927G-066927G-14

6.614.0

3.811.8

1.94.0

7581397

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Pull Forceat 350 bar

[kN]

20.029.5

Stroke

[mm]

Volumepull

[cm3]

Piston areapull

[cm2]

�g

No. 6927G Pull Cylinderthread-flange-mountingsingle actingmax. operating pressure 350 bar

Design:Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston rod with internal thread, hardened and chro-me plated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination.

Application:Universal pull cylinder for various applications.

Features:Piston not guided. Threaded body provides a wide range of adjustability. Suitable flange nuts DIN 70852 (page 30). The internal thread at piston rod allows mounting of attachments likeclamping arms and set screw.


6927G-066927G-14

19.525.5

134172

6079

3132

57.5.576.5

1313

M38×1.5M48×1.5

47.560.0

M10×12M12×13

15.8822.23

38.047.5

26.031.5

35°30°

G1/8G1/4

ArticleNo.

A B C D E F G Ø H K Ø L M P Q R1

Dimensions:

Oil connection

Breather plug

Stroke

Clamping Cylinders



2006/6

GB

Push-Pull Cylinder

6818968205

6928G-066928G-14

13.427.3

Push Forceat

350 bar[kN]

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

No. 6928G Push-Pull Cylinder thread-flange-mountingdouble actingmax. operating pressure 350 bar

Design:Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston rod with internal thread, hardened and chro-me plated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination.

Application:Universal Push-Pull Cylinder for various applications.

Features:Piston not guided. Threaded body provides a wide range of adjustability. Suitable flange nuts DIN 70852 (page 30). The internal thread at piston rod allows mounting of attachments likeclamping arms and set screw.


16.614.5

20.029.5

7.823.3

3.811.8

7.823.3

3.811.8

7211388

Pull Forceat

350 bar[kN]

Stroke

[mm]

Vol.push

[cm3]

Vol.pull

[cm3]

Pistonareapush[cm2]

Pistonareapull[cm2]

�g

6928G-066928G-14

19.525.5

134172

6079

3132

1313

57.5.576.5

M38×1.5M48×1.5

47.560.0

M10×12M12×13

15.8822.23

38.047.5

26.031.5

35°30°

G1/8G1/4

ArticleNo.

A B C D E F G Ø H K Ø L M P Q R1

Dimensions:

Oil connection

Stroke

A = Push

B = Pull


Power Generators

2006/6

GB

Push-Pull CylinderClam

ping Cylinders




2006/6

GB

Push-Pull CylinderNo. 6951KZ Push-Pull Cylinder,

top flange mountingwith guided piston rodsingle and double actingmax. operating pressure 350 barmin. operating pressure 40 bar

Design: Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston rod with internal thread, hardened andchrome plated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination. Single acting version with springout of stainless steel.


Features:Each model is available for single or double acting operation. The internal thread at piston rodallows mounting of attachments like clamping arms and set screws. Oil supply by means ofthreaded port or manifold.

Note:The piston is guided, therefore, the max. permissable oil flow rate Q max. must beobserved in order to protect the mechanism. No force must be introduced at the pistonwhen mounting accessory. For single acting cylinders there is risk of sucking incoolant through the breather port. In such cases the breather port has to be piped toa clean protected area. The system has to be completely vented during installation.

Replacement O-ring for flange connection is available on request under Order No. 183608.

6649866514

6653066555

6657166597

6951KZ-02-106951KZ-02-20

6951KZ-05-106951KZ-05-20

6951KZ-11-106951KZ-11-20

–15.6

–13.5

–27.7

12.2

16.6

13.9

14.5

20.0

29.5

–22.3

–27.8

–23.8

10.92

13.82

11.91

0.165

0.411

1.645

372

903

1520

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Push Forceat

350 bar[kN]

Pull Forceat

350 bar[kN]

Stroke

[mm]

Vol.push

[cm3]

Vol.pull

[cm3]

Ql/min.

[max.]

�g

Dimensions:

Breather plug (single acting)

Oil connection

Bore-hole only size 11

Pitch c

ircle

for

O-r

ing c

onnection

Stroke

A = Push

B = Pull

6951KZ-02-xx6951KZ-05-xx6951KZ-11-xx

25.236.344.2

ArticleNo.

Ø A

101.5134,5172,5

C

45,566.581,5

D

252530

F

12,511,514.5

G

11.1315.8822.23

Ø H

M56M10M12

J

3×63×75×9

Ø K

71213

L

455755

P

40,550,559.5

Ø Q

1817.822.1

R

31,533.542,5

S

475471

T

15.519,527.5

V

120120590

X

425062

Ø Y

30°,555°,522.5°

Z

560°110°545°

AA

G1/8G1/8G1/4

AC

O-ring7.65×1.78

AB


Power Generators

2006/6

GB


Push-Pull CylinderNo. 6951KZN Push-Pull Cylinder,

rod-end-flange-mounting, with guided piston rod double actingmax. operating pressure 350 barmin. operating pressure 40 bar

Design: Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston rod with internal thread, hardened and chro-me plated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination.


Features:The internal thread at piston rod allows mounting of attachments like clamping arms and setscrews. Oil supply by means of threaded port or manifold. Safety clutch system prevents damagescaused by excessive radial force at the piston rod.

Note:The piston is guided, therefore, the max. permissable oil flow rate Q max must be ob-served in order to protect the mechanism. No force must be introduced at the pistonwhen mounting accessory. The system has to be completely vented during installation.


A = Push

B = Pull

Clamping Cylinders

Stroke

54

80

26

40

28

30

43

68.6

21

34.3

2590

4355

Push Forceat

350 bar[kN]

Pull Forceat

350 bar[kN]

Stroke

[mm]

Vol.push

[cm3]

Vol.pull

[cm3]

Ql/min.

[max.]

�g

69336

65995

6951KZN-22-20

6951KZN-33-20

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

2.5

Dimensions:

6951KZN-22-20

6951KZN-33-20

62.8

77

ArticleNo.

Ø A

186

197

79.5

89,0

31.75

38.1

55

70

10.7

13.5

70

89

35

40.6

29.1

35.6

85

100

35

44.5

55

70

C D F G Ø H J Ø K P Q

12.8

12.3

R S T V X AB AC AD AE

27

33

AG

O-ring7.65×1.78

G1/4 19 M16

AF

12.7 25 13



2006/6

GB

Push-Pull CylinderNo. 6951FZ Push-Pull Cylinder,

base flange-mountingwith guided piston rodsingle and double actingmax. operating pressure 350 barmin. operating pressure 40 bar

6648066506

6652266548

6656366589

6951FZ-02-106951FZ-02-20

6951FZ-05-106951FZ-05-20

6951FZ-11-106951FZ-11-20

–5.6

–13.5

–27.7

12.2

16.6

13.9

14.5

20.0

29.5

–52.3

–57.8

–23.5

20.92

23.82

11.92

0.165

0.465

1.645

463

1150

2050

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Push Forceat

350 bar[kN]

Pull Forceat

350 bar[kN]

Stroke

[mm]

Vol.push

[cm3]

Vol.pull

[cm3]

Ql/min.

[max.]

�g

6951FZ-02-xx6951FZ-05-xx6951FZ-11-xx

26.838.545.4

ArticleNo.

Ø A

103135173

571.5592.5112.5

26.525.528.5

13.515.516.5

11.1315.8822.23

M56M10M12

3×63×75×9

101619

455755

40.550.559.5

31.533.542.5

475471

15.519.527.5

120120590

425062

30.555.522.5

560°110°545°

O-ring7.65×1.78

G1/8G1/8G1/4

C D F G Ø H J Ø K L P Ø Q S T V X Ø Y Z AA AB AC

Dimensions:

Design: Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston rod with internal thread, hardened andchrome plated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination. Single acting version with springout of stainless steel.


Features:Each model is available for single or double acting operation. The internal thread at piston rodallows mounting of attachments like clamping arms and set screws. Oil supply by means ofthreaded port or manifold.




Oil connection


Stroke

A = Push

B = Pull

Pitch circle for O-ring connection


Power Generators

2006/6

GB


Push-Pull CylinderNo. 6951FZN Push-Pull Cylinder,

base flange-mounting, with guided piston rod double actingmax. operating pressure 350 barmin. operating pressure 40 bar



Features:The internal thread at piston rod allows mounting of attachments like clamping arms and setscrews. Oil supply by means of threaded port or manifold. Safety clutch system prevents damagescaused by excessive radial force at the piston rod.

Note:The piston is guided, therefore, the max. permissable oil flow rate Q max must be ob-served in order to protect the mechanism. No force must be introduced at the pistonwhen mounting accessory. The system has to be completely vented during installation.


Clamping Cylinders

A = Push

B = Pull

Stroke

69351 6951FZN-22-20 54 26 28 43,0 212

3070

66944 6951FZN-33-20 80 40 30 68.6 34.3 4854

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Push Forceat

350 bar[kN]

Pull Forceat

350 bar[kN]

Stroke

[mm]

Vol.push

[cm3]

Vol.pull

[cm3]

Ql/min.

[max.]

�g

2.5

Dimensions:

6951FZN-22-20

6951FZN-33-20

62.8

79.1

ArticleNo.

Ø A

194

205

112

121.4

31.75

38.1

55

70

10.7

13.5

70

89

35,0

41.7

29.1

34.5

85

100

35,0

44.4

55

70

C D F G Ø H J Ø K P Q

13.2

12.3

R S T V X AB AC AD AE

27

33

AG

O-ring7.65×1.78

G1/4 19 M16

AF

12.7 25 13



Push-Pull Cylinder2006/6

GB

No. 6951GZ Push-Pull Cylinder,thread-flange-mountingwith guided piston rodsingle and double actingmax. operating pressure 350 barmin. operating pressure 40 bar

6660566613

666706669666795

667126673866928

6675366779

6951GZ-02-1006951GZ-02-200

6951GZ-05-1006951GZ-05-2006951GZ-05-200

6951GZ-11-1006951GZ-11-2006951GZ-11-200

6951GZ-22-1006951GZ-22-200

–15.6

–13.513.5

–27.727.7

–54.2

2.2

6.6

13.9

22

14.5

20.020.031.5

29.529.551.0

.0

–12.3

–17.811.9

–23.040.0

–65.4

00.92

03.8203.8205.90

11.9011.9020.50

32.00

0.165

0.400

1.640

4.100

308300

077107440850

142413791941

33483225

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Push Forceat

350 bar[kN]

Pull Forceat

350 bar[kN]

Stroke

[mm]

Vol.push

[cm3]

Vol.pull

[cm3]

Ql/min.

[max.]

�g

Design:Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston rod with internal thread, hardened andchrome plated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination. Single acting version with springout of stainless steel.


Features:Each model is available for single or double acting operation. The internal thread at piston rodallows mounting of attachments like clamping arms and set screws. Oil supply by means ofthreaded port. Threaded body provides a wide range of adjustability. Suitable flange nuts DIN 70852 (page 30).


6951GZ-02-xxx

6951GZ-05-xxx6951GZ-05-xxx

6951GZ-11-xxx6951GZ-11-xxx

ArticleNo.

A C D F G Ø H J L P R Ø T U V W

Dimensions:

M28×1.5

M38×1.5

M48×1.5

102.5

134.5167.5

172.5235.5

151.5

163.5186.5

183.5124.5

19.5

28.527.5

28.529.5

.5

6.5

9.5

19.510.5

11.13

15.88

22.23

M16

M10

M12

10

16

19

32.5

38.5

47.5

20.5

26.5

31.5

38.5

47.5

60.5

G1/8

G1/8

G1/4

25°

35°

30°

14.5

19.5

25.5


Oil connection

Stroke


A = Push

B = Pull


Power Generators

2006/6

GB


Push-Pull CylinderNo. 6951GZN Push-Pull Cylinder,

thread-flange-mounting, with guided piston rod double actingmax. operating pressure 350 barmin. operating pressure 40 bar



Features:The internal thread at piston rod allows mounting of attachments like clamping arms and setscrews. Oil supply by means of threaded port. Safety clutch system prevents damages caused byexcessive radial force at the piston rod. Threaded body provides a wide range of adjustability.Suitable flange nuts DIN 70852 (page 30).

Note:The piston is guided, the maximum rate of flow, Q, must therefore not be exceeded.When mounting accessories on the piston rod, ensure that is not subjected to lateralforces. When installing, ensure all air is bled from system.

A = Push

B = Pull

Clamping Cylinders

Stroke

69377 6951GZN-22-20

65870 6951GZN-33-20

54 26

80 40

28 43,0 21 2590

30 68.6 34.3 4174

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Push Forceat

350 bar[kN]

Pull Forceat

350 bar[kN]

Stroke

[mm]

Vol.push

[cm3]

Vol.pull

[cm3]

Ql/min.

[max.]

�g

2.5

Dimensions:

6951GZN-22-20

6951GZN-33-20

M65X1.5

ArticleNo.

Ø A

186

M80X2.0 197

C

79.5

88.9

D F G

31.75

38.10

Ø H

65

80

M

760

88.4

N

32.5

40

P Q R S T

27

33

U

25 13 G1/4 19 M 16 12.7

Swing Clamp

Swing clamps – the solution for cost effective clamping of workpieces.

Swing direction

Cylinder top

= Standard version

= Special version

left turning 90°

Clamping point

right turning 90°

2006/6

GBSpecifications subject to change.

Design:

Black hard coated cylinder bodies.Piston hardened and chrome plated.

Use:

Swing Clamps are designed forapplications, where the fixture work-piece area must be free for unob-structed workpiece loading and unloa-ding. Even complicated workpieces can beclamped by using special clamp arms (on request).

Features:

models of clamp: – top flange mounting– base flange mounting– threaded flange mounting

The top- and base flange models allow hydraulic connections throughthreaded manifolds.

The V-groove cam design provides a tougther mechanism. The ball runsdeep in the track eliminating cam to ball edge loading.

Tolerance of swing angles = +/-3°Repeat accuracy of clamping position = +/-1°

Other swing angles on request. New design of clamp armfixation prevents a torque on the turning mechanism duringassembling.

Important note:Length of clamping arm, max. permissible oil flow Qmax. (see dia-gram) and weight of clamping arm have to be noticed! If largervolume feed is used, it must be reduced by upstream one-wayflow control valves. The swing clamp must not be obstructedduring the swivelling movement in first part of stroke). Clampingfunction only allowed with in clamping stroke (second part ofstroke).

Code of types:type 11 = single acting, right turningtype 12 = single acting, left turningtype 21 = double acting, right turningtype 22 = double acting, left turningtype 210 = double acting, right turning, extended clamping stroketype 220 = double acting, left turning, extended clamping stroke



Power Generators

2006/6

GB


Swing Clamp


Swing Clamps,for sophisticated clamping applications

● clamping force 2.2 – 40 kN


● easy change of swing directionwithout disassembly (2 – 11 kN)

● hardened and chrome platedplungers

● cylinder body black hard coated

● oil supply through threaded portsand/or manifolds

● exclusive V-shape groove ofswing mechanism (patent pending)

● optimized ratio of size toclamping force

Clamping force:2.2 - 40 kNConnection:manifold or threaded porting

Clamping force:2.2 - 40 kNConnection:manifold or threaded porting

Clamping force:2.2 - 40 kNConnection:threaded porting

No. 6951K/KN

No. 6951F/FN

No. 6951G/GN




Clamping Clamping Total Stroke Rod-end Foot Threaded Operating ModeForce [kN] Stroke [mm] [mm] Flange Flange Flange

2 6 14.5 x x x single / double acting

5 8+19 20+31 x x x single / double acting

11 13+34 29.5+51 x x x single / double acting

22 15 28 x x x single / double acting

33 15.7+31.7 30+45.5 x x x single / double acting

Clamping Elem

ents


2006/6

GB

Swing Clamp

6872668742

6876768775

6879168833

6885868874

6889068916

6893268957

6951K-02-116951K-02-12

6951K-02-216951K-02-22

6951K-05-116951K-05-12

6951K-05-216951K-05-22

6951K-11-116951K-11-12

6951K-11-216951K-11-22

12

15

11

–

15.6

–

13.5

–

27.7

16

18

13

00.92

03.82

11.90

0.63

1.92

4.04

0.165

0.422

1.642

14.5

20.0

29.5

–

02.3

–

07.8

–

23.0

–

1.68

–

3.88

–

7.92

372

358

903

871

1520

1465

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

* Clamping

Force [kN]

at 350 barclamp. unclamp.

Clamp.

Stroke

M[mm]

Total

Stroke

N[mm]

OilCapacity

clamp. unclamp.

[cm3] [cm3]

effectivePiston area

clamp. unclamp.

[cm2] [cm2]

Max. oilflow rate

Q max.[l/min.]

�

g

No. 6951K Swing Clamp,top flange mountingsingle and double actingmax. operating pressure 350 barmin. operating pressure 40 bar

* = Clamping forces with short clamping arm.

Dimensions:

Design:Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston rod with internal thread, hardened andchrome plated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination. Single acting models return springout of stainless steel. Clamp arm not included.

Application:Swing clamps are designed for applications, where the fixture, especially the clamping areas, mustbe free for unobstructed loading and unloading of the workpiece. Special clamp arms are availa-ble on request to clamp also complicated workpieces.

Features:Each model is available for single or double acting operation. Hydraulic connection is made bythreaded ports or by manifold. Swing mode is made by hardened V-shaped mechanism (patentpending).

Note:The piston is guided, therefore, the max. permissable oil flow rate must be observed inorder to protect the swing mechanism. For special clamp arms restrictions for opera-tion pressure and/or oil flow rate may apply. For details see clamping force diagramsor contact our engineering department. No force must be introduced at the pistonwhen mounting accessory. For single acting cylinders there is risk of sucking in coo-lant through the breather port. In such cases the breather port has to be piped to aclean protected area. The system has to be completely vented during installation.




Oil connection


Pitch c

ircle

for

O-r

ing c

onnection

6951K-02-xx6951K-05-xx6951K-11-xx

25.236.344.2

ArticleNo.

Ø A

108143185

B

101.5134,5172,5

C

44,564.581,5

D

31,531.536,5

E

262730

F

13,513,514.5

G

11.1315.8822.23

Ø H

M56M10M12

J

3×63×75×9

Ø K

455755

P

40,050,059.5

Ø Q

1817.822.1

R

31,033.542,0

S

475471

T

15.519,027.5

V

120°120°090°

X

425062

Ø Y

30°,055°,022.5°

Z

060°110°045°

AA

G1/8G1/8G1/4

AC

O-ring7.65 x 1.78

AB

2006/6

GB


Clamping Elem

ents

Swing Clamp

6951F-02-xx6951F-05-xx6951F-11-xx

26.838.045.4

109.5145.0186.0

103135173

71.592.5

112.5

7697

118.5

26.525.028.5

13.515.516.5

11.1315.8822.23

M56M10M12

3×63×75×9

455755

40.050.059.5

31.033.542.0

475471

15.519.027.5

120°120°090°

425062

30°.055°.022.5°

060°110°045°

ArticleNo.

Ø A B C D E F G Ø H J Ø K P Ø Q S T V X Ø Y Z AA AB AC

O-ring7.65 x 1.78

G1/8G1/8G1/4

Dimensions:

No. 6951F Swing Clamp,base-flange-mountingsingle and double actingmax. operating pressure 350 barmin. operating pressure 40 bar


6822168247

6826268288

6830468320

6834668361

6838768403

6841168437

6951F-02-116951F-02-12

6951F-02-216951F-02-22

6951F-05-116951F-05-12

6951F-05-216951F-05-22

6951F-11-116951F-11-12

6951F-11-216951F-11-22

620

1152

2050

1996

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

* Clamping

Force [kN]


Clamp.

Stroke

M[mm]

Total

Stroke

N[mm]

OilCapacity

clamp. unclamp.

[cm3] [cm3]


clamp. unclamp.

[cm2] [cm2]

Max. oilflow rate

Q max.[l/min.]

�

g

12

15

11

–

15.6

–

13.5

–

27.7

16

18

13

00.92

03.82

11.90

0.63

1.92

4.04

0.165

0.422

1.642

14.5

20.0

29.5

–

02.3

–

07.8

–

23.0

–

1.68

–

3.88

–

7.92

Design: Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston rod with internal thread, hardened andchrome plated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination. Single acting models return springout of stainless steel. Clamp arm not included.

Application:Swing clamps are designed for applications, where the fixture, especially the clamping areas, mustbe free for unobstructed loading and unloading of the workpiece. Special clamp arms are availa-ble on request to clamp also complicated workpieces.

Features:Each model is available for single or double acting operation. Hydraulic connection is made bythreaded ports or by manifold. Swing mode is made by hardened V-shaped mechanism (patentpending).

Note:The piston is guided, therefore, the max. permissable oil flow rate must be observed inorder to protect the swing mechanism. For special clamping arms restrictions for oper-ation pressure and/or oil flow rate may apply. For details see clamping force diagramsor contact our engineering department. No force must be introduced at the pistonwhen mounting accessory. For single acting cylinders there is risk of sucking in coolantthrough the breather port. In such cases the breather port has to be piped to a cleanprotected area. The system has to be completely vented during installation.




Oil connection


Pitch circle forO-ring connection

A = clamp

B = unclamp

Breather plug

(single acting)

Oil connection

A = clamp

B = unclamp


2006/6

GB


6861968635

6865068676

6869268718

6873468759

6845268478

6842968445

6846068486

6850268627

6951G-02-1106951G-02-120

6951G-02-2106951G-02-220

6951G-05-1106951G-05-120

6951G-05-2106951G-05-220

6951G-05-2106951G-05-220

6951G-11-1106951G-11-120

6951G-11-2106951G-11-220

6951G-11-2106951G-11-220

12

15

11

–

5.6

–

13.5

13.5

–

27.7

27.7

06

08

08

19

13

13

34

14.5

20.0

20.0

31.0

29.5

29.5

51.9

50.92

53.82

53.82

55.92

11.95

11.95

20.5

–

52.3

–

57.8

11.9

–

23.9

40.9

0.63

1.95

4.04

0.165

0.455

1.645

–

91.66

–

93.88

93.88

–

97.92

97.92

308

300

771

744

850

1424

1379

1941

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

* Clamping

Force [kN]


Clamp.

Stroke

M[mm]

Total

Stroke

N[mm]

OilCapacity

clamp. unclamp.

[cm3] [cm3]


clamp. unclamp.

[cm2] [cm2]

Max. oilflow rate

Q max.[l/min.]

�

g


Design:Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston rod with internal thread, hardened andchrome plated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination. Single acting models return springout of stainless steel. Clamp arm not included.

Application:Swing clamps are designed for applications, where the fixture, especially the clamping areas, mustbe free for unobstructed loading and unloading of the workpiece. Special clamp arms are availableon request to clamp also complicated workpieces.

Features:Each model is available for single or double acting operation. Hydraulic connection is made bythreaded ports. Swing mode is made by hardened V-shaped mechanism (patent pending). Threaded body provides a wide range of adjustability. Suitable flange nuts DIN 70852 (page 30).

Note:The piston is guided, therefore, the max. per-missable oil flow rate must be observed inorder to protect the swing mechanism. For spe-cial clamping arms restrictions for operationpressure and/or oil flow rate may apply. For de-tails see clamping force diagrams or contactour engineering department. No force must beintroduced at the piston when mounting acces-sory. For single acting cylinders there is risk ofsucking in coolant through the breather port. Insuch cases the breather port has to be piped toa clean protected area. The system has to becompletely vented during installation.

Swivel angles available on request.

6951G-02-xxx

6951G-05-xxx6951G-05-xxx

6951G-11-xxx6951G-11-xxx

M28x1.5

M38x1.5

M48x1.5

108.5

143.5176.5

185.5249.5

102.5

134.5167.5

172.5235.5

544,5

560,5582.5

579,5121.5

30.5

36,535.5

38,538,5

25.5

31,531,5

32,532,5

13

13

13

11.13

15.88

22.23

M66

M10

M12

32.5

38.5

47.5

20.5

26.5

31.5

38.5

47.5

60.5

G1/8

G1/8

G1/4

25°

35°

30°

14.5

19.5

25.5

ArticleNo.

A B C D E F G Ø H J P R Ø T U V W

No. 6951G Swing Clamp, thread-flange-mountingsingle and double actingmax. operating pressure 350 barmin. operating pressure 40 bar

Dimensions:

Swing Clamp

Oil connection

2006/6

GB


Clamping Elem

ents


Swing Clamp Arm

69112

69138

69153

6951-02-32

6951-05-44

6951-11-63

6951xx-02-xx

6951xx-05-xx

6951xx-11-xx

32.0

44.5

63.5

11.13 + 0.05

15.89 + 0.05

22.24 + 0.05

87

209

590

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Fits Clamp Size A[mm]

25.5

35.0

51.0

G[mm]

∅ E[mm]

No. 6951 Swing Clamp Arm, upreach�

g

Design:Heat treated and burnished steel.

Application:For swing clamps No. 6951.

Note:Clamping pressure, flow volume and clamping arm weight must be observed. Please seealso installation instructions on pages 81 and 82. Special versions available on request.

No. 6951 Swing Clamp Arm, standard

6951-02-325

6951-05-445

6951-11-635

19.5

25.5

35.0

5.o

6.5

9.5

5.o

6.5

9.5

7.0

10.5

13.5

12.5

18.5

25.5

6.5

8.5

9.5

19.5

12.5

16.5

M06×1.00

M08×1.25

M10×1.25

ArticleNo.

B C D F H J K L

16

22

32

N

12.5

19.0

26.5

M

16

19

26

P

Dimensions:

68973

68999

69070

6951-02-27

6951-05-38

6951-11-51

6951xx-02-xx

6951xx-05-xx

6951xx-11-xx

27

38

51

11.13 + 0.05

15.89 + 0.05

22.24 + 0.05

44

109

299

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.


16

22

32

G[mm]

∅ E[mm] �

g




6951-02-275

6951-05-385

6951-11-515

1 9.55

12.5

17.5

4.5

6.5

9.5

7.o

10.5

13.5

12.5

18.5

25.5

7.5

8.5

9.5

19.5

12.7

16.6

M06×1.00

M08×1.25

M10×1.25

ArticleNo.

B C F H J K L

22°

25°

25°

N

6.5

7.5

12.0

M

M06×1.00

M08×1.25

M10×1.50

P

Dimensions:


2006/6

GB


No. 6951 Swing Clamp Arm, long



Note:Clamping pressure, flow volume and clamping arm weight must be observed. Please seealso installation instructions on pages 81 and 82. Clamp arms can be shortened where necessary.Special versions available on request.

No. 6951 Swing Clamp Arm, double ended

6951-02-140

6951-05-222

6951-11-272

570

111

136

26.5

33.5

50.5

10.5

14.5

19.0

8.5

12.5

16.0

7.5

10.5

13.5

12.5

18,0

25.5

7.0

8.0

9.5

9.5

12.7

16.6

M06×1.00

M08×1.25

M10×1.25

ArticleNo.

A B C D F H J K L

Dimensions:

6951-02- 82

6951-05-136

6951-11-162

26.5

33.5

50.5

10.5

14.5

19.0

8.5

12.5

16.0

7.5

10.5

13.5

12.5

18.0

25.5

7.0

8.0

9.5

9.5

12.7

16.6

M06×1.00

M08×1.25

M10×1.25

ArticleNo.

B C D F H J K L

Dimensions:



Note:Clamping pressure, flow volume and clampingarm weight must be observed. Please see alsoinstallation instructions on pages 81 and 82. Clamparms can be shortened where necessary. It is alsoessential that clamping or support heights ineither side are identical. Special versions availableon request.

No. 6951 Dimensions, for customer made clamp arms

Note:Length and weight ofclamping arm must be observedsee No. 6951.

Dimensions:

69252

69278

69294

6951-02-140

6951-05-222

6951-11-272

6951xx-02-xx

6951xx-05-xx

6951xx-11-xx

140

222

272

11.13 + 0.05

15.89 + 0.05

22.24 + 0.05

118

354

801

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Fits Clamp Size 2 A[mm]

16

22

32

G[mm]

∅ E[mm] �

g

69229

69245

69260

6951-02- 82

6951-05-136

6951-11-162

6951xx-02-xx

6951xx-05-xx

6951xx-11-xx

82.5

136.5

162.0

11.13 + 0.05

15.89 + 0.05

22.24 + 0.05

73

240

553

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.


16

22

32

G[mm]

∅ E[mm] �

g

Swing Clamp Arm

Tolerance DIN 2768 m

-02-05-11

19,525.535,5

16,522,532,5

11.15115.91322.263

57,511,513.5

12.7518.0325.45

59.512.717.5

57.557.859.4

56.458.510.5

M66M68M10

222938

2.42.92.9

11,015,018.7

08,017,019.5

13,018.828,0

444

6.48.28.2

09.516.519,0

for

Cylinder-

dim.

A B Ø C Ø E D F G Ø J K L M N P S T U V


2006/6

GB

Clamping Elem

ents

Swing Clamp arm


No. 6951WN Swing Clamp arm,double-ended pivoted

320457

320465

320473

6951WN-02-100

6951WN-05-150

6951WN-11-180

6°

100

150

180

6951xx-02-xx

6951xx-05-xx

6951xx-11-xx

150

440

880

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Wmax.

2A[mm]

11.2

15.9

22.3

∅E[mm]

Fits Clamp Size �g

Design:Steel, blued, clamp arm hardened and tempered.

Application:For all Series 6951 swing clamps. Used for clamping two workpieces with slightly different heights.

Note:It is essential that clamping pressure, flow volume and maximum tilt angle (W) are not exceeded.Special versions are available on request.

6951WN-02-100

6951WN-05-150

6951WN-11-180

39

52

74

11

16

19

8

12

16

13

19

28

9

15

19

24

35

40

21.0

31.0

38.0

6

8

12

13.5

19.5

25.0

M4

M6

M6

M6

M10

M12

ArticleNo.

B C D F G H J ∅K L M N

Dimensions:


2006/6

GB

Swing Clamp


2006/6

GB

Clamping Elem

ents

Swing Clamp


2006/6

GB

Swing Clamp


No. 6951KN Swing Clamp, top-flange-mountingsingle actingmax. operating pressure 350 barmin. operating pressure 40 bar

Design: Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston rod with internal thread, hardened andchrome plated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination. Return spring out of stainless steel.Clamp arm not included.

Application:Swing clamps are used particularly in fixtures in which the workpiece must be freely accessible andplaced from above. By using special clamp arms (available on request), workpieces with difficultshapes can also be clamped.

Features:Oil supply through threaded ports or manifold. The swing motion employs a ball guide mechanism.Safety clutch system prevents damages caused by excessive radial force at piston rod.

Note:The piston is guided, therefore, the max. permissable oil flow rate must be observed inorder to protect the swing mechanism. For special clamping arms restritions foroperation pressure and/or oil flow rate may apply. For details see clamping forcediagrams or contact our engineering department. No force must be introduced at thepiston when mounting accessory. For single acting cylinders there is risk of sucking incoolant through the breather port. In such cases the breather port has to be piped toa clean protected area. The system has to be completely vented during installation.

Replacement O-ring for flange connection available on request under Order No. 183608.Swivel angles available on request.

69369

69385

6951KN-22-11

6951KN-22-122550

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

*Clamp.

Force at

350 bar

[kN]

Clamp.

Stroke

M

[mm]

Total

Stroke

L

[mm]

Flow

Volume

Q max.

[l/min.]

�

g

22 13,0 21,0 2.528 07.6

65888

65896

6951KN-33-11

6951KN-33-12399233 14.7 34.3 2.530 11.4

effective

Piston

area

[cm2]

Oil

Volume

[cm3]

6951KN-22-11

6951KN-22-12

6951KN-33-11

6951KN-33-12

62.8

77

Order No. A

Dimensions:

196

216

C

79.5

89

D

33

33

E

25

25

F

13

13

G

31.75

38.1

H

55

70

J

10.7

13.5

K

55

64

N

70

89

P

35

40.6

Q

12.8

12.3

R

29.1

35.6 100

S

85

T

44.5

35

V

70

55

X

G1/4

G1/4

AC

O-ring7.65×1.78

O-ring7.65×1.78

AB

Oil connection

Bre

ath

er

plu

g


2006/6

GB



* = Clamping forces with short clamping arm. ** = No stock keeping item.

69401

69427

6951KN-22-21

6951KN-22-222590

OrderNo.

*Clamp. Force

at 350 bar

[kN] [kN]

Clamp.

Stroke

M

[mm]

Total

Stroke

L

[mm]

Flow

Volume

Q max.

[l/min.]

�

g

22 13,0 21,0 2.528,0 07.6

61903

61929

6951KN-22-210**

6951KN-22-220**294822

54

54 32,0 34.9

143,0

171.3 2.545.5 07.6

15.5

15.5

65912

65920

6951KN-33-21

6951KN-33-22435533 80 14.7 34.3 168.6 2.530 11.4 22.8

61861

61887

6951KN-33-210**

6951KN-33-220**488133 80 30.5 52.4 104.7 2.545.5 11.4 22.8

effective

Piston area

[cm2] [cm2]

Oil

Volume

[cm3] [cm3]

O-ring

O-ring

O-ring

O-ring

Clamping Elem

ents

Swing ClampNo. 6951KN Swing Clamp,

top-flange-mountingdouble actingmax. operating pressure 350 barmin. operating pressure 40 bar

ArticleA C D E F G H J K N P Q R S T V X AB AC AD AE AF AG

No.

6951KN-22-2162.8 185.6 79.5 33 25 13 31.75 55 10.7 45 70 35 12.8 29.1 85 35 55

7.65×1.78G1/4 19 M16 12.7 27

6951KN-22-22

6951KN-22-21062.8 218 97 33 25 13 31.75 55 10.7 45 70 35 12.3 29.1 85 35 55

7.65×1.78G1/4 19 M16 12.7 27

6951KN-22-220

6951KN-33-2177 196.6 89 33 25 13 38.1 70 13.5 45 89 40.6 12.8 35.6 100 44.5 70

7.65×1.78G1/4 19 M16 12.7 33

6951KN-33-22

6951KN-33-21077 228 104.8 33 25 13 38.1 70 13.5 45 89 40.6 12.3 35.6 100 44.5 70

7.65×1.78G1/4 19 M16 12.7 33

6951KN-33-220

Dimensions:

ArticleNo.

= clamp

= unclamp

= clamp

= unclamp

Design: Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston rod with internal thread, hardened and chromeplated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination. Clamp arm not included.



Note:The piston is guided, therefore, the max. permissable oil flow rate must be observed inorder to protect the swing mechanism. For special clamping arms restrictions for opera-tion pressure and/or oil flow rate may apply. For details see clamping force diagrams orcontact our engineering department. No force must be introduced at the piston whenmounting accessory. The system has to be completely vented during installation.



2006/6

GB


Swing ClampNo. 6951FN Swing Clamp,

base-flange-mountingsingle actingmax. operating pressure 350 barmin. operating pressure 40 bar

69443

69468

6951FN-22-11

6951FN-22-123030

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

*Clamp.

Force

at 350 bar

[kN]

Clamp.

Stroke

M

[mm]

Total

Stroke

L

[mm]

Flow

Volume

Q max.

[l/min.]

�

g

22 13,0 21 2.528 7.6

62224

65987

6951FN-33-11

6951FN-33-12485433 14.7 34.3 2.530 11.4

Oil

Volume

[cm3]

effective

Piston

area

[cm2]

Design: Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston rod with internal thread, hardened and chro-me plated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination. Return spring out of stainless steel.Clamp arm not included.



Note:The piston is guided, therefore, the max. permissable oil flow rate must be observed inorder to protect the swing mechanism. For special clamping arms restrictions for ope-ration pressure and/or oil flow rate may apply. For details see clamping force diagramsor contact our engineering department. No force must be introduced at the pistonwhen mounting accessory. For single acting cylinders there is risk of sucking in coo-lant through the breather port. In such cases the breather port has to be piped to aclean protected area. The system has to be completely vented during installation.


Dimensions:

6951FN-22-11

6951FN-22-22

6951FN-33-11

6951FN-33-12

62.8

79.1

ArticleNo.

A

204

225

C

112,0

121.4

D

121,0

130.6

E

25

25

F

13

13

G

31.75

38.1

H

55

70

J

10.7

13.5

K

55

64

N

70

89

P

35

41.7

Q

13.2

12.3

R

29.1

34.5 100

S

85

T

44.4

35

V

70

55

X

G1/4

G1/4

AC

O-ring7.65×1.78

O-ring7.65×1.78

AB


Bre

ath

er

plu

g

Oil connection

2006/6

GB


Clamping Elem

ents


Swing ClampNo. 6951FN Swing Clamp,

thread-flange-mountingdouble actingmax. operating pressure 350 barmin. operating pressure 40 bar


69484

69492

6951FN-22-21

6951FN-22-223070

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

*Clamp. Force

at 350 bar

clamp. unclamp.

[kN] [kN]

Clamp.

Stroke

M

[mm]

Total

Stroke

L

[mm]

Flow

Volume

Q max.

[l/min.]

�

g

22 54 13,0 21,0 43,0 2.528 7.6 15.5

66290

66332

6951FN-33-21

6951FN-33-22485433 80 14.7 34.3 68.6 2.530 11.4 22.8

Oil

Volume

clamp. uncl.

[cm3] [cm3]

Design: Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston rod with internal thread, hardened and chromeplated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination. Clamp arm not included.



Note:The piston is guided, therefore, the max. permissable oil flow rate must be observed inorder to protect the swing mechanism. For special clamping arms restritions for operationpressure and/or oil flow rate may apply. For details see clamping force diagrams orcontact our engineering department. No force must be introduced at the piston whenmounting accessory. The system has to be completely vented during installation.


Dimensions:

6951FN-22-21

6951FN-22-22

6951FN-33-21

6951FN-33-22

62.8

79.1

ArticleNo.

A

194

205

C

112,0

121.4

D

121,0

130.6

E

25

25

F

13

13

G

31.75

38.1

H

55

70

J

10.7

13.5

K

45

45

N

70

89

P

35

41.7

Q

13.2

12.3

R

29.1

34.5 100

S

85

T

44.4

35,0

V

70

55

X

G1/4

G1/4

AC

19

19

AD

M16

M16

AE

12.7

12.7

AF

33

27

AG

O-ring7.65×1.78

O-ring7.65×1.78

AB

effective

Piston area

clamp. uncl.

[cm2] [cm2]

= clamp

= unclamp


2006/6

GB


No. 6951GN Swing Clamp, thread-flange-mountingsingle actingmax. operating pressure 350 barmin. operating pressure 40 bar

Design: Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston rod with internal thread, hardened and chro-me plated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination. Return spring out of stainless steel.Clamp arm not included.


Features:Oil supply through threaded port. The swing motion employs a ball guide mechanism. Safety clutchsystem prevents damages caused by excessive radial force at piston rod. Threaded body providesa wide range of adjustability. Suitable flange nuts DIN 70852 (page 30).

Note:The piston is guided, therefore, the max. permissable oil flow rate must be observed inorder to protect the swing mechanism. For special clamping arms restrictions for ope-ration pressure and/or oil flow rate may apply. For details see clamping force diagramsor contact our engineering department. No force must be introduced at the pistonwhen mounting accessory. For single acting cylinders there is risk of sucking in coo-lant through the breather port. In such cases the breather port has to be piped to aclean protected area. The system has to be completely vented during installation.


Dimensions:

6951GN-22-11

6951GN-22-12

6951GN-33-11

6951GN-33-12

M65 x 1.5

M80x 2.0

ArticleNo.

A

196

216

C

79.5

88.9

D

33

33

E

25

25

F

13

13

G

31.75

38.1

H

55

64

L

65

80

M

76,0

88.4

N

32.5

40,0

P

G1/4

G1/4

Q

69757

69773

6951GN-22-11

6951GN-22-122550

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

*Clamp. Force

at 350 bar

[kN]

Clamp.

Stroke

K

[mm]

Total

Stroke

J

[mm]

Flow

Volume

Q max.

[l/min.]

�

g

22 13,0 21 2.528 7.6

69476

69963

6951GN-33-11

6951GN-33-12394733 14.7 34.4 2.530 11.4

Oil

Volume

[cm3]

effective

Piston

area

[cm2]


Swing Clamp

Bre

ath

er

plu

g

Oil connection

2006/6

GB


Clamping Elem

ents


No. 6951GN Swing Clamp, thread-flange-mountingdouble actingmax. operating pressure 350 barmin. operating pressure 40 bar


Design: Black hard coated and burnished cylinder body. Piston rod with internal thread, hardened andchrome plated. Wiper at piston rod prevents from contamination. Clamp arm not included.


Features:Oil supply through threaded port. The swing motion employs a ball guide mechanism. Safety clutchsystem prevents damages caused by excessive radial force at piston rod. Threaded body providesa wide range of adjustability. Suitable flange nuts DIN 70852 (page 30).

Note:The piston is guided, therefore, the max. permissable oil flow rate must be observed inorder to protect the swing mechanism. For special clamping arms restrictions for ope-ration pressure and/or oil flow rate may apply. For details see clamping force diagramsor contact our engineering department. No force must be introduced at the piston whenmounting accessory. The system has to be completely vented during installation.


69765

69781

6951GN-22-21

6951GN-22-222590

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

*Clamp. Force

at 350 bar

clamp uncl.[kN] [kN]

Clamp.

Stroke

K[mm]

Total

Stroke

J[mm]

Flow

Volume

Q max.

[l/min.]

�

g

22 54 13,0 21 43 2.528 7.6 15.5

69120

65805

6951GN-33-21

6951GN-33-22417433 80 14.7 34.4 68.6 2.530 11.4 22.8

Oil

Volume

[cm3]clamp uncl.

effective

Piston area

clamp uncl.

[cm2] [cm2]

Dimensions:

6951GN-22-21

6951GN-22-22

6951GN-33-21

6951GN-33-22

M65 x 1.5

M80 x 2.0

ArticleNo.

A

185.6

196.6

C

79.5

88.9

D

33

33

E

25

25

F

13

13

G

31.75

38.11

H

45

45

L

65

80

M

76,0

88.4

N

32.5

40,0

P

G1/4

G1/4

Q

19

19

R

M16

M16

S

12.7

12.7

T

27

33

U

Swing Clamp

A = clamp

B = unclamp


2006/6

GB


Design: Heat treated and burnished steel.

Application:For swing clamps No. 6951KN/FN/GN.


No. 6951N Swing Clamp Arm, standard




No. 6951N Swing Clamp Arm, upreach

Dimensions:

Dimensions:

Swing Clamp Arm

69146 6951N-22-63

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

6951N-22-xx 63.5 44.5 80131.76 + 0.05

60848 6951N-33-68 6951N-33-xx 68,0 44.5 113438.11 + 0.05

Fits Clamp SizeA

[mm]F

[mm]Ø E

[mm] �g

69500 6951N-22-76

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

6951N-22-xx 76 70,0 158031.76 + 0.05

61879 6951N-33-81 6951N-33-xx 81 76.2 231338.11 + 0.05

Fits Clamp SizeA

[mm]F

[mm]Ø E

[mm] �g

38,0

41.3

N

6951N-22-76

6951N-33-81

51

70

14.5

14.3

14.5

14.3

36.5

39.6

ArticleNo.

CB D G

13.5

13.5

H

22.4

25.5

J

38

45

L

44.5

44.5

M

M16x1.5

M16x1.5

K

6951N-22-63

6951N-33-68

25.5

35,0

14.5

14.2

12.5

14.2

22.4

25.5

M 16 x 1.5

M 16 x 1.5

16,0

16.4

25°

25°

M 12

M 16

ArticleNo.

CB G H J K L

0.05

–

N Z

2006/6

GB


Clamping Elem

ents


Swing Clamp ArmNo. 6951N Swing Clamp Arm, long

69161 6951N-22-165

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

6951N-22-xx 165,0 44.5 116131.76 + 0.05

Fits Clamp SizeA

[mm]F

[mm]Ø E

[mm]

60855 6951N-33-180 6951N-33-xx 180.3 44.5 199638.11 + 0.05

�g



Important note:Clamping pressure, flow volume and clamping arm weight must be observed.Please see also installation instructions on pages 81 and 82. Clamp arms can be shortened where necessary. Special versions available on request.

Article No. B C D G H J N L

6951N-22-165 70.5 28.5 19 12.5 22.4 M 16 x 1.5 0.05 25°

6951N-33-180 45 30,0 34 14.2 25.5 M 16 x 1.5 – 25°

No. 6951N Swing Clamp Arm, double

Article No. 2A B C D G H J

6951N-22-280 280.0 70.5 28.5 19 12.5 22.4 M 16 x 1.5

6951N-33-360 360.7 44.6 30,0 34 14.2 25.5 M 16 x 1.5

69526 6951N-22-280

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

6951N-22-xx 140,0 44.5 186931.76 + 0.05

60863 6951N-33-360 6951N-33-xx 180.3 44.5 331138.11 + 0.05

Fits Clamp SizeA

[mm]F

[mm]Ø E

[mm] �g

No. 6951-22 Dimensions, for customer made clamp arms

Note:Length and weight ofclamping arm must be observed.

-22 51 44.5, 31.788 25.4 12.7 16.5 M16 x 1.50-6H 53 2.9, 20.5 41 4 13,0 22.4

for

Cylinder-

dim.

A B Ø C± 0.025

D E Ø G H J K M N P S T

35

U

6.2

V

25.7

-33 70 44.5, 38.138 35.0 14.2 16.3 M16 x 1.50-6H 59 3.2, – 41 4 14.3 25.5 35 9.6 25.5

W

Dimensions:

Design:Heat treated and burnishedsteel.


Note:Clamping pressure, flow volume and clam-ping arm weight must be observed. Pleasesee also installation instructions on pages 81and 82. Clamp arms can be shortened wherenecessary. It is also essential that clampingor support heights in either side are iden-tical. Special versions available on request.


2006/6

GB

Swing Clamp arm


No. 6951WN Swing Clamp arm,double-ended pivoted

320481

320499

6951WN-22-200

6951WN-33-250

6°

6°

200

250

6951xx-22-xx

6951xx-33-xx

1800

3100

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Wmax.

2A[mm]

31.8

38.2

∅E[mm]

Fits Clamp Size �g

6951WN-22-200

6951WN-33-250

107

125

25

33

ArticleNo.

B C

20

22

D

35

38

F

10

10

G

55

65

H

57.5

64.5

J

16

20

∅K

30.5

36.0

L

M8

M10

M

Dimensions:

Design:Steel, blued, clamp arm hardened and tempered.

Application:For all Series 6951 swing clamps. Used for clamping two workpieces with slightly different heights.

Note:It is essential that clamping pressure, flow volume and maximum tilt angle (W) are not exceeded.Special versions are available on request.


2006/6

GB

Clamping Elem

ents


Important technical specifications

Size 02

Clamping arm length mm 27 51 76

Max. operating pressure bar 350 183 122

Clamping force kN 2 0.80 0.44

Oil flow rate l/min. 0.165 0.1 0.1

Max. clamping arm weight g 118

Spring force* N 78

* For single acting swing clamp

Size 05

Clamping arm length mm 38 76 127





Spring force* N 210


Size 11

Clamping arm length mm 51 101.5 152





Spring force* N 696


Size 22

Clamping arm length mm 63.5 101.5 152


Clamping force kN 22 10 6.7



Spring force* N 943


Size 33

Clamping arm length mm 68 101.5 178


Clamping force kN 33.4 22.2 12



Spring force* N 1188



2006/6

GB

Diagrams:

The diagrams indicate the maximum admissable operating pressure depending upon the clamping arm length and thegenerated clamping force.


Opera

ting p

ressure

[bar]

Clamping arm length

Cla

mpin

g fo

rce [k

N]

Opera

ting p

ressure

[bar]

Clamping arm length

Cla

mpin

g fo

rce [k

N]

Opera

ting p

ressure

[bar]

Clamping arm length

Cla

mpin

g fo

rce [k

N]

Opera

ting p

ressure

[bar]

Clamping arm length

Cla

mpin

g fo

rce [k

N]

Opera

ting p

ressure

[bar]

Clamping arm length

Cla

mpin

g fo

rce [k

N]

No. 6951-02

No. 6951-11 No. 6951N-22

No. 6951N-33

No. 6951-05


2006/6

GB

Clamping Elem

ents

Swing Clamp



2006/6

GB

Link ClampNo. 6959KL Link Clamp

double actingmax. working pressure 350 bar

Technical details No. 6959KL Link clamp:

NEW!

Design:Cylinder body is made of hardened and tempered steel and blued. Piston is hardened and tempered, ground,nitrided and treated with a corrosion-resistant coating. The lever is made of hardened and tempered steel andblued. The pin is hardened and tempered, ground, nitrided, and treated with a corrosion-resistant coating.

Application:Link Clamps are used in clamping fixtures in which workpieces must be freely accessible and are loadedfrom above. Specially siutable for clamping in pockets or recesses.

Features:Head-flange version, hydraulic pressure supply through threaded ports on the rear side face, or through oilports in the flat face with O-ring seals. Lever mechanism can be turned through 180° in 90° steps.Special versions are possible. Option: Electrical pressure-point monitoring with proximity switch.

Note:– Maximum speed of operation 0.5 m/s– Recommended oil temperature 40°C– Recommended oils: HLP or HLPD, viscosity grades ISO VG 32, 46, 68– Piston force [kN] = Piston area [cm2] x pressure x [bar]

100– Clamping force [kN] = Piston area [cm2] x pressure x [bar] x B [mm]

C [mm] x 100

Dimensions:

Proximity switch

with cover

clamp

unclamp

321653 6959KL-16

6959KL-20

6959KL-25

6959KL-32

6959KL-40

0830

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Clamping force at

1.5 05.4 16 02.01

320572 20902.4 08.4 20 03.14

321679 27153.8 13.2 25 04.91

320598 58306.2 21.6 32 08.04

320606 96809.7 33.8 40 12.57

100 bar[kN]

350 bar[kN]

Piston dia.

[mm]

Piston area[cm2] �

g

Article No.rod dia. Stroke Vol.

A A1 A2 B C D E F G G2Md

[mm] [mm] [cm3] [Nm]

M56959KL-16 12 17 3.4 43 26.3 45 16 21 6 26 14.5 G1/8 8.3

M66959KL-20 15 23 7.2 56.5 33 56.5 21 27.5 5.8 35 13.5 G1/4 14

M86959KL-25 18 26.5 13 63.5 40.3 63.5 24 31.5 8 40 18.5 G1/4 35

M106959KL-32 25 34 27.3 82 51 82 32 42 8 52 24 G1/4 69

M126959KL-40 28 43 54 101 61.5 101 39.5 51.5 8 65.5 28.5 G1/4 120

Article No. H H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 I Ø K L M N O P R S

6959KL-16 20 86 52 72 49 24 15 91.5 16 9 30 51.5 18 4.5 15 9 36 45

6959KL-20 26 120.5 72 103 60 34 25 124 16 14 38 70 27 8 20 14 54 70

6959KL-25 27 129.3 75 110 65 37 27 132 10 14 42 74 30 7 24 14 60 74

6959KL-32 35 167.5 103 145 83 47 27 171.5 10 15 52 100 39 11 30 14 78 100

6959KL-40 35 193 113 169 96 50 27 194.5 10 17.5 63 125 50 12.5 35 18 100 125


2006/6

GB


Clamping Elem

ents

Link ClampProximity switch attachment for 6959K:

16

25 / 32/ 40

No. 6959-01-10 No. 6959-05-10


320622

320630

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Size

6959-01-10

6959-05-10

Dimensions for subplate:

Article No.G3 x depth R

dia. T U V dia. W Xdia. Y x

of thread ± 0.2 max. depth

6959KL-16 M5 x 11 36 3 8.5 17.5 30.5 0.5 x 45° 8 x 0.1

6959KL-20 M6 x 18 54 5 15 21.5 38.5 0.5 x 45° 13 x 0.1

6959KL-25 M8 x 16 60 5 16 23.5 42.5 0.5 x 45° 13 x 0.1

959KL-32 M10 x 16 78 5 16 30 52.5 0.5 x 45° 13 x 0.1

6959KL-40 M12 x 18 100 5.6 18 38 63.5 0.5 x 45° 13 x 0.1

Dimensions for subplate Top view


2006/6

GB


Link ClampNo 6959KL Link Clamp

double actingmax. working pressure 350 bar

Technical details No. 6959KL Link clamp:

321695 6959KL-160

6959KL-200

6959KL-250

6959KL-320

6959KL-400

0755

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Clamping force at

1.5

(at C = 21)

05.4

(at C = 21) 16 02.01

322057 18762.4

(at C = 27.5)

08.4

(at C = 27.5) 20 03.14

321711 23903.8

(at C = 31.5)

13.2

(at C = 31.5) 25 04.91

322032 53206.2

(at C = 42)

21.6

(at C = 42) 32 08.04

322040 88209.7

(at C = 51.5)

33.8

(at C = 51.5) 40 12.57

100 bar[kN]

350 bar[kN]

Piston dia.

[mm]

Piston area[cm2] �

g

NEW!

Dimensions:

Article No.rod dia. Stroke Vol.

B C E G G2Md

[mm] [mm] [cm3] [Nm]

M56959KL-160 12 17 3.4 16 21 26 G1/8 M5 8.3

M66959KL-200 15 23 7.2 21 27.5 35 G1/4 14

M86959KL-250 18 26.5 13 24 31.5 40 G1/4 35

M106959KL-320 25 34 27.3 32 42 52 G1/4 69

M126959KL-400 28 43 54 39.5 51.5 65.5 G1/4 120

Article No. H H3 H4 H5 I Ø K L M N P R S

6959KL-160 20 72 49 24 9 30 51.5 18 4.5 9 36 45

6959KL-200 26 103 60 34 14 38 70 27 8 14 54 70

6959KL-250 27 110 65 37 14 42 74 30 7 14 60 74

6959KL-320 35 145 83 47 15 52 100 39 11 14 78 100

6959KL-400 35 169 96 50 17.5 63 125 50 12.5 18 100 125

Design:Cylinder body is made of hardened and tempered steel and blued. Piston is hardened and tempered, ground,nitrided and treated with a corrosion-resistant coating. The lever is made of hardened and tempered steel andblued. The pin is hardened and tempered, ground, nitrided, and treated with a corrosion-resistant coating.

Application:Link Clamps are used in clamping fixtures in which workpieces must be freely accessible and are loadedfrom above. Specially siutable for clamping in pockets or recesses.

Features:Head-flange version, hydraulic pressure supply through threaded ports on the rear side face, or through oilports in the flat face with O-ring seals. Lever mechanism can be turned through 180° in 90° steps.Special versions are possible. Option: Electrical pressure-point monitoring with proximity switch.

Note:– Maximum speed of operation 0.5 m/s– Recommended oil temperature 40°C– Recommended oils: HLP or HLPD, viscosity grades ISO VG 32, 46, 68– Piston force [kN] = Piston area [cm2] x pressure x [bar]

100– Clamping force [kN] = Piston area [cm2] x pressure x [bar] x B [mm]

C [mm] x 100

Proximity switch

with cover

clamp

unclamp

2006/6

GB



Link Clamp

Dimensions for subplate:

Dimensions for customer made clamp arms:

Dimensions for subplate Top view

Article No. G3 x depth Rdia. T U V dia. W X

dia. Y x

of thread ± 0.2 max. depth

6959KL-160 M5 x 11 36 3 8.5 17.5 30.5 0.5 x 45° 8 x 0.1

6959KL-200 M6 x 18 54 5 15 21.5 38.5 0.5 x 45° 13 x 0.1

6959KL-250 M8 x 16 60 5 16 23.5 42.5 0.5 x 45° 13 x 0.1

6959KL-320 M10 x 16 78 5 16 30 52.5 0.5 x 45° 13 x 0.1

6959KL-400 M12 x 18 100 5.6 18 38 63.5 0.5 x 45° 13 x 0.1

Article No. A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 B B2 B3 D2

6959KL-160 19 7 15 15 16 8.1 16 10 8 10.2

6959KL-200 21 11.5 17 17 23.5 10.1 21 14 10 10.2

6959KL-250 27.5 12.5 – 20 26.5 12.1 24 16 12 10.2

6959KL-320 32 13 – 20 32 17.1 32 20 16 10.2

6959KL-400 38 16 – 22 38 19.1 39.5 26 20 10.2

Note:Lenght and weight of clamping arm must be observed.


Clamping Elem

ents

Article No. D3 D4 H6 H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H15 O

6959KL-160 8.2 – 15 14 1 2 11 3 – 6 15

6959KL-200 8.2 – 25 24 1 6 18 3 – 8 20

6959KL-250 8.2 13 27 15 – 6 20 3 8 8 24

6959KL-320 8.2 13 27 15 – 6 22 3 8 8 30

6959KL-400 8.2 13 27 15 – 10 30 3 8 10 35



2006/6

GB

No. 6958 Vertical Clampsingle actingmax. operating pressure 350 bar.Clamp arm not included.

Design: Housing made of steel, burnished. Piston and piston rod case hardened and ground. Wiper atpiston rod. Built-in return spring.Clamp arm not included.

Application:The Vertical Clamp has its application where the clamping spot at the work piece is in a cavity orwhere space for placing a clamping element is very limited.

Features:Small dimensions of the clamping element. Ensures minimal distance from unit to unit when usedin multiple clamping fixtures. Oil supply by manifold.

Note:Please consider drawing and tolerances for machining the cravity.

322248322255

6958-08-05-6958-08-06

2.0 7.0 9.5 2.4 16.0 2.0280290

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Piston force [kN]at

100 bar 350 bar

StrokeH

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Pistondia.

[mm]

effectivepiston area

[cm2]

�g

No. 6958-08

No. 6958-08-05 No. 6958-08-06

Cavity:

Clamp arm:

320218

320234

320259

320275

6958-08-00-01

6958-08-00-02

6958-08-00-03

6958-08-00-04

12

18

24

30

2.0

1.3

1.0

0.8

5.0

3.3

2.5

2.0

7.0

4.6

3.5

2.8

52

60

66

72

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

X[mm]

Clamping force [kN] at

100 bar 250 bar 350 bar

�

g

Clamp arm made of steel:

320226

320242

320267

320283

6958-08-00-01A

6958-08-00-02A

6958-08-00-03A

6958-08-00-04A

12

18

24

30

2.0

1.3

1.0

0.8

4.0

2.6

2.0

1.6

19

21

23

25

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

X[mm]

Clamping force [kN] at

100 bar 250 bar

�

g

Clamp arm made of aluminium:

Vertical Clamp


2006/6

GB

Clamping Elem

ents

Hydraulic Vertical Clamp


2006/6

GB

Hydraulic Vertical Clamp

2006/6

GB


Clamping Elem

ents



Type Clamping Height Clamping Stroke Clamping Force No. of Operating ModeModels

[mm] [mm] [kN]

7110H 83 - 128 7 - 8 15 - 30 2 single acting

6960C 57 - 86 – 6 - 22.7 3 double acting

Clamping Elements

Block Clamping System and toggle clampsfor universal use● Block clamp


● body nitrated and burnished

● Toggle clamp


● hardened and chrome plated piston rod

● heat treated bolts

● PTFE bearings

● safe clamping or locking, sinceclamp passes over-centreposition

● oil connection by BSPP port

Clamping force:15 - 30 kNConnection:threaded porting

Clamping force:6 - 22.7 kNConnection:threaded porting

No. 7110H

No. 6960C

Catalogue-page 92

Catalogue-page 93


2006/6

GB


Hydraulic Clamping ElementNo. 7110H-** Hydraulic Clamping

Elementsingle acting, spring returnmax. operating pressure 400 bar

* Maximum clamping force by lever ratio 1:1.

Note:For single acting cylinder types there is risk of sucking in coolant during return stroke.In this case the cylinder has to be protected against the direct effect of coolant. Thebuilt in sinter metal breather should be covered.

Dimensions:

7110 F- -31216

6×45°8×45°

ArticleNo.

R

1825

P

9.714.7

O

1925

N

4050

L

2025

K

12.516.5

I

Dimensions:

�g

773477735477362

77677776857769388971

7110 Z-12

7110 Z-16

-1-2-3

-1-2-3-4

25×25×6550×25×65

100×25×65

30×30×7860×30×78

120×30×78240×30×78

16

22

2550

100

3060

120240

12.5

14.5

40

50

240550

1180

450100021004100

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

A × B × C Ø D H I L

No. 7110F-**-No. 7110F- -3 Base element

No. 7110Z-**-* ZwischenelementNo. 7110Z- - Spacer element

7833778428

7110 F- -31216

29.7×25×6539.7×30×80

3040

12.517.5

M 12M 16

320650

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

A × B × C B1 Ø F G �g

7110 H-1216

1416

ArticleNo.

I

3144

H1

M 12M 16

G

2030

F

110142

E

86102

C

2530

B1

4050

B

5760

A

7110 H-1216

1617

ArticleNo.

T

2432

SW2

1924

SW1

R1/4

R

1314

P

911

O

1013

N

4152

L

4.5–32.57.5–45.5

K

6597965953

7110H-12

16

8395

110128

15*30*

78

2.86.1

3.97.7

155300

19003200

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Clamp. Height H[mm]

min. max.

Clamp. Forceat 400 bar

[kN]

Stroke

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]


[cm2]

Springforce

min. [N]

�g

2006/6

GB


Clamping Elem

ents


Toggle ClampNo. 6960C Toggle Clamp,

hydraulic,double acting max. operating pressure 250 bar

666476665466662

6960C-46960C-66960C-8

61218

91827

358

100 25054009600

18900

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Clamping force [kN]at p max. resp. pD max.

F1= F3 F2 = F4 F5

p max.

[bar]

pD max.

[bar]

666476665466662

6960C-46960C-66960C-8

202532

121620

8090

120

3.144.918.14

2.12.94.9

254496

152659

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Pistondia.

[mm]

Piston roddia.

[mm]

Cylinderstroke[mm]

Pistonarea A1

[cm2]

Differentialarea A2[cm2]

Oil capacityforward back[cm2] [cm2]

Design:Tempering steel, burnished, with hydraulic cylinder ready for connection to standard double actingcircuit (see circuit Fig. 1) or differential circuit (see circuit Fig. 2).

Application:The clamp is particularly suitable for use in transfer and special-purpose machines. Any thrustpieces can be attached to the sturdy holding arm.With the differential circuit (see Fig. 2 below) the differential piston area A2 of the cylinder is directlyconnected to P of the pressure generator, while the full piston area is connected by a 3/2-way seatvalve.

Features:The clamp, of machine quality, is maintenance-free thanks to its tempered and ground shafts whichrun in Teflon bearings. As a result of the hydraulic cylinder operation the possible clamping forceis the same as the permissible holding force. The large aperture enables unhindered workpiecehandling.

Note:Please urgently observe the maximum pressure values in the table above.

Dimensions:

Hydraulic

Circuits:

Fig. 1)

�g

Fig. 2)

6960C-46960C-66960C-8

177.5185.5112.5

10,511.512.5

576186

7083

111

202122

546095

111113

525580

122147196

152030

ArticleNo.

LKHGFEØ DCBA

6960C-46960C-66960C-8

ArticleNo.

90105136

109129176

6.28.2

13.2

658194

G1/4G1/4G1/4

384146

304060

81218

272640

308.5353.5423.5

415.5466.5576.5

47.552.569.5

197216309

M N Ø O P R S T U V W X Y Z


2006/6

GB

Clamping Elements

2006/6

GB


Clamping Elem

ents


Pull-Down Clamps


Pull-Down Clampsfor up to 3- or5-side machining● clamping force up to 50 kN


● lateral clamping

● clamping in holes

● oil supply through mainfold orthreaded ports

Clamping force:4 - 31 kNto clamp in holes for5-side machining,body nitrated

Clamping force:8.9 kNlateral clamping for 3-side machining,body nitrated

Clamping force:4.5 - 50 kNlateral clamping for3-side machining

No. 6970

No. 6973

No. 6972

Catalogue-page 97

Catalogue-page 107

Catalogue-page 102

Type Clamping Force Clamping Stroke Expanding Stroke No. of Oil Connection Operating Mode[kN] [mm] [mm] Models

6970 4 - 31 – 1.4 - 1.7 17 threaded port/mainfold single acting

6970-xx-50 3.5 - 11.5 – 1.4 8 threaded port/mainfold single acting

6972 4.5 - 50 5 - 12 – 4 threaded port single acting

6972D 12 - 32 8 - 12 – 3 threaded port/mainfold double acting

6972F 4.5 - 50 5 - 12 – 4 threaded port/mainfold single acting

6973 8.9 5 – 2 threaded port/mainfold single acting


2008/6GB

Pull-down Clamps

Application:These hydraulic clamping elements are preferred for use on workpieces with complex external geometries that must be clamped for machining. After the clamping segments are applied to single-sided low-depth clamping bores, the workpiece can be safely and easily machined on 5 sides. Workpieces can be loaded or removed automatically with handling devices.

Design no. 6970:Body, clamping sleeve and holding bolt are made of nitrided tem-pered steel. Four-part clamping-sleeve segments are serrated. With fastening bolts (8.8), diaphragm pull-down spring and return spring. Hydraulic oil supply via pipe-thread port or, alternatively, via included O-ring seal port. The body is equipped with a cen-tring bore for positioning.

Design no. 6970D:The actuating piston is double-acting. Body and support are made of hardened steel, clamping segments and holding bolts are made of tempered steel. All components are plasma-nitrided and are hence very resistant to wear and corrosion. Two-piece clamping segments are externally serrated. With fastening bolts (8.8) and diaphragm pull-down springs. Hydraulic oil supply via included O-ring seal. A centring hole on the underside accepts the included positioning pin.

Features:The clamping segments are spread in parallel, thus ensuring contact on the entire surface in every position of the holding bolt. This facilitates a high clamping power and ensures very low wear. Elastic rings hold the clamping segments together and seal them against entry of chips. Depending on the material, the external ser-ration is pressed into the clamping hole with more of less force, thus generating the required positive fit. The integrated diaphragm springs create a pull-down travel of approx. 0.2 mm.

With clamp no 6970D this pull-down movement opens of a compressed air hole which is pressurised to approx. 2 bar, thus creating a pressure drop of about 1 bar which can be evaluated for clamping control (adjustable pressure switch). This is not a support control, accordingly. Since the pull-down movement only occurs if the serration locks into the clamping hole, error messages are virtually excluded.

The holding bolt is sword-shaped for stress-free pre-centring of the workpieces. After loosening a laterally accessible threaded stud, the complete clamping-seg-ment holding-bolt unit can be turned so that an optimal force flow toward the workpiece centre can be set and locked again or set in such a way that excessive loads on the clamping holes are avoided in case of low edge distances (sprea-ding force). The pull-down clamping elements also act as contact surface for the workpiece. The small exit opening with a small air gap for the clamping segments ensures an optimal usage of the contact surface. The workpiece contact surface is plasma-coated with fine-grained hard metal, which considerably increases the usable sliding force (μ = 0.2). Due to the eccentric arrangement of the narrow and raised workpiece surfaces, the clamping elements are especially suited for clamping workpieces with circumferential contact edge, such as diecast gear housings, motor housings, oil pans and similar workpieces. An easily accessible adjustment disc on the underside of the screwed-in workpiece support permits the adjustment of the support height tolerances of the clamping device by grin-ding off material. Holding bolt and clamping segments are wear parts and can be easily replaced without disassembling the clamping element.

Important note:- The lateral force when positioning the workpiece must not exceed the "lateral

force" specified in the table.- the radial force must be observed.- please enquire if clamping of workpieces that are hardened or made of GG/

GGG is intended.

2006/6

GB


Clamping Elem

ents


Pull-Down ClampsNo. 6970-** Hydraulic Pull-Down

Clamping Element, concentricsingle actingmax. operating pressure 350 barmin. operating pressure 30 bar

Special versions: Other sizes, from 7 mm clamping hole diameter: hydraulic clamping elements without pull-down effectand elements with smooth workpiece support surfaces are available on request.

Note: For single acting clamping elements there is risk of sucking in coolant during returnstroke. In this case the clamping elements has to be protected against the direct effectof coolant. The built in sinter metal breather should be covered.

Dimensions:

Clamping holein workpiece

ArticleNo.

Permissible horizontal force

[kN]

Radial force of sleevesegments

[kN]

Expan-sion ofsleeve[mm]

Piston diameter

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Side load(unclamped)

[N]

1.2

3.0

7.7

9.2

12

30

77

92

1.4

1.7

1.7

1.7

28

32

40

42

0.5

1.6

3.8

4.4

50

150

200

300

6970-09

6970-10

6970-11

6970-12

6970-13

6970-14

6970-15

6970-16

6970-17

6970-18

6970-19

6970-20

6970-21

6970-22

6970-23

6970-24

6970-25

63651

60293

60301

60319

63677

60418

60434

60525

60426

63693

60616

60715

60723

63719

60731

60376

60384

6970-09

6970-10

6970-11

6970-12

6970-13

6970-14

6970-15

6970-16

6970-17

6970-18

6970-19

6970-20

6970-21

6970-22

6970-23

6970-24

6970-25

4

10

26

31

6

8

9

10

2600

2600

2800

2900

± 0.25

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Clamp.force

vertical[kN]

Lateral compensation

per clamp[mm]

Clamping rim height

min.[mm]

�g

8.8– 9.7

9.8–10.7

10.8–11.9

12.0–12.9

13.0–13.9

14.0–14.9

15.0–15.9

16.0–16.9

17.0–17.9

18.0–18.9

19.0–19.9

20.0–20.9

21.0–21.9

22.0–22.9

23.0–23.9

24.0–24.9

25.0–25.9

K

[mm]

6970-09

6970-10

6970-11

6970-12

6970-13

6970-14

6970-15

6970-16

6970-17

6970-18

6970-19

6970-20

6970-21

6970-22

6970-23

6970-24

6970-25

53 75

9.58.5

9.5

10.5

11.5

12.5

13.5

14.5

15.5

16.5

17.5

18.5

19.5

20.5

21.5

22.5

23.5

24.5

14

16

36

36

62 32

9

13 90

6224 62 124

98

10

15 31 13 19

17 35 15

28115

ArticleNo.

A B±0.01

C D E F G H YL M N

15

P S X±0.5

Centering hole

oil supply

Support surfaces



2006/6

GB

Pull-Down ClampsNo. 6970-**-** Hydraulic Pull-Down

Clamping Element, eccentricsingle actingmax. operating pressure 150 barmin. operating pressure 30 bar

Special versions: Other sizes, from 7 mm clamping hole diameter: hydraulic clamping elements without draw-downeffect: and elements with smooth workpiece support surfaces are available on request.

ArticleNo.

Permissible horizontal force

[kN]

Radial force of sleevesegments

[kN]

Expan-sion ofsleeve[mm]

Piston diameter

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Side load(unclamped)

[N]

Dimensions:

6970-07-50

6970-08-50

6970-09-50

6970-10-50

6970-11-50

6970-12-50

6970-13-50

6970-14-50

1.0

1.5

2.5

3.5

10

15

25

35

1.4

18

22

28

32

1.0

1.5

2.5

3.2

50

80

120

150

Hole pattern for central oil supply and centering

Clamping hole in workpiece

63669

60798

63685

60814

63701

60830

63727

60822

6970-07-50

6970-08-50

6970-09-50

6970-10-50

6970-11-50

6970-12-50

6970-13-50

6970-14-50

3.5

5.3

8.5

11.5

± 0.25

6

7

8

9

2600

2600

2800

2800

2900

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Clamping force

vertical[kN]

K

[mm]

Lateral com-pensation per clamp

[mm]

Clamping rim height

min.[mm]

�g

6.8– 7.7

7.8– 8.7

8.8– 9.7

9.8–10.7

10.8–11.7

11.8–12.7

12.8–13.7

13.8–14.7

10 15

19

6970-07-50

6970-08-50

6970-09-50

6970-10-50

6970-11-50

6970-12-50

6970-13-50

6970-14-50

9.5

12

6.6

7.5

8.5

9.5

10.5

11.5

12.5

13.5

24 9 80

ArticleNo.

A B± 0.01

C D E F H

59 75

L P

13

Centering hole

oil supply

Support surfaces

Oil supply

Depth: 10 mm


Clamping Elem

ents

Pull-down Clamps

Hydraulic pull-down clamping element; special version with end-position indication.

Hydraulic pull-down clamping element; special double- acting version.

Workpiece fixture with hydraulic pull-down clamping element; the concentric model can be seen on the left, and theeccentric version on the right.

2008

/6G

B



2008/6GB

Pull-down Clamps

Air sensing

“releasing” oil supply

“clamping” oil supply

Additional air sensing

Drilling template device


Centering pin

Surface finish

No. 6970D Hydraulic pull-down spring clamp, eccentric double acting max. operating pressure 250 bar, min. operating pressure 40 bar.

Order no.

Article No.

Clamping force vertical

dia. K Lateral compen-sation per clamp

Clamping rim height min. for Al-alloy.

g[mm][kN] [mm] [mm]323410 6970D-06-60

5,0

5,9 - 6,3

± 0,25

7

1000

324384 6970D-065-60 6,4 - 6,8323436 6970D-07-60 6,9 - 7,3324400 6970D-075-60 7,4 - 7,8323444 6970D-08-60 7,9 - 8,3

8324392 6970D-085-60 8,4 - 8,8323469 6970D-09-60 8,9 - 9,8323485 6970D-10-60 9,9 - 10,8

On request:Other sizes and special designs available without pull-down and as support elements.

Note:The centering pin is supplied with the clamp.

Dimensions:

Order no.

Permissible hori-zontal force

Radial force of sleeve segments

Expansion of sleeve

Clamping piston dia.

Vol. Side load (unclamped)

C ØD L

[cm3] [N][kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]323410

1,5

14 1,5 16 0,9

308,5

5,6

9324384 6,1323436

406,6

324400 7,1323444 1,6

508,5 7,6 9

324392 1,6 9,5 8,1 10 323469 1,6

809,5 8,6 10

323485 1,8 9,5 9,6 10

Contact surface

Air connection



M8/16 depth (3x)

2008

/6G

B


Clamping Elem

ents

Pull-down ClampsNo. 6970D Hydraulic pull-down spring clamp, eccentric double acting max. operating pressure 250 bar, min. operating pressure 40 bar.

Order no.

Article No.

Clamping force vertical

dia. K Lateral compen-sation per clamp

Clamping rim height min. for Al-alloy.

g[mm][kN] [mm] [mm]323501 6970D-11-60

9,5

10,9 - 11,8

± 0,25

9 2000323527 6970D-12-60 11,9 - 12,8323543 6970D-13-60 12,9 - 13,8323568 6970D-14-60 13,9 - 14,8

10 2100323584 6970D-15-60 14,9 - 15,8323600 6970D-16-60 15,9 - 16,8

On request:Other sizes and special designs available without pull-down and as support elements.

Note:The centering pin is supplied with the clamp.

Dimensions:

Order no.

Permissible hori-zontal force

Radial force of sleeve

Expansion of sleeve

Clamping piston dia.

Vol. Side load (unclamped)

C ØD L

[cm3] [N][kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]323501

2,8

27 1,5 22 1,7

100

10,5

10,6

11

323527 110 11,6323543

3,0130 12,6

323568 160 13,6323584

3,5200 14,6

323600 250 15,6

Air sensing



Additional air sensing

Drilling template device


Centering pin

Surface finish

Contact surface

Air connection




M8/16 depth (3x)



2006/6

GB

Application of the Hydraulic Clamping System with pull-down clamps No. 6972.

No. 6972 Pull-Down Clamphydraulicsingle acting, spring returnmax. operating pressure 400 bar


Design: Body of tempering steel, burnished. Piston case-hardened and ground. Jaw exchangeable. Stand-ard version with serrated and hardened jaw, complete with two mounting bolts (ISO), built-in returnspring, vent screw. Oil supply by threaded port.

Application:Pull-down clamps are used whenever clamping is possible only laterally and the workpiecenevertheless has to be held firmly on the machine tool table. The hydraulic principle enables highpressing and pull-down forces. The clamp is fastened with just one mounting bolt.

Features:Horizontal and vertical movement is independent of each other (no locked coupling) giving a truepull-down effect. Clamping on slotted table possible lengthwise and crosswise. No raising of theclamping jaw, because the clamping bolt is right behind the jaw. Suitable for incorporation in fixtu-res. New design of jaw connection with rubber buffer ensures sliding without any play.Jaw and piston are connected together by a joint such to avoid the introduction of a bending mo-ment to the piston, thus increasing the element’s life time. Pull-down force approx. 1/3 of res-pective clamping force.

Note:The maximum pull-down stroke of the jaw must not exceed dimension G. Do not over-stress mounting bolts! Observe maximum permissible torque.

Dimensions:

6972-056972-206972-326972-50

6121625

ArticleNo.

W

M 5M 8M10M12

V

22364760

U

38.557.562.570.5

T

597483

104

S

G1/8G1/4G1/4G1/4

R

3141719

Q

53677293

P

39.558.563.571.5

O± 0.5

8.512.516.520.5

N

58

1012

H

2333

G

30506580

F

30506580

C

100.5135.5149.5180.5

≈A

Pull-Down Clamp

Serrated

66993674396712467447

6972-056972-206972-326972-50

4.520.532.550.5

58

1012

12253240

0.574,578,57

15,57

M 8× 45M 12× 80M 16×100M 20×120

2172

180350

670250047008800

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Clamp. forceat 400 bar

[kN]

StrokeH

[mm]

Pistondia.

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]per size2 pieces

Torquemax.[Nm]

60160210340

Springforce

min. [N]

2�

g

2006/6

GB


Clamping Elem

ents


Pull-Down ClampNo. 6972F Pull-Down Clamp

hydraulicsingle acting, spring returnOil supply by manifoldmax. operating pressure 400 bar

Design: Body of tempering steel, burnished. Piston case-hardened and ground. Jaw exchangeable. Stand-ard version with serrated and hardened jaw, complete with two mounting bolts (ISO), built-in returnspring, vent screw and O-ring.

Application:Pull-down clamps are used whenever clamping is possible only laterally and the workpiecenevertheless has to be held firmly on the machine tool table. The hydraulic principle enables highpressing and pull-down forces. This clamp can be used on fixture bodies, with oil supply is effect-ed by manifold. Mounting by two bolts from above or by four bolts from the bottom.

Features:Horizontal and vertical movement is independent of each other (no locked coupling) giving a truepull-down effect. No raising of the clamping jaw, because the clamping bolt is right behind the jaw.Suitable for incorporation in fixtures. New design of jaw connection with rubber buffer ensures slidingwithout any play.Jaw and piston are connected together by a joint such to avoid the introduction of a bending mo-ment to the piston, thus increasing the element’s life time. Pull-down force approx. 1/3 of res-pective clamping force.

Note:The maximum pull-down stroke of the jaw must not exceed dimension G. Do not over-stress mounting bolts! Observe maximum permissible torque. For sizes 20, 32 and 50 the oil chan-nel can be closely by means of a sealing washer and a bolt ISO 4762 – M5x 10 from the bottom.

Dimensions:

6972F-056972F-206972F-326972F-50

6121625

ArticleNo.

W

M 5M 8M10M12

V

22364760

U

38.557.562.570.5

T

597483

104

S

G1/8G1/4G1/4G1/4

R

3141719

Q

53677293

P

39.558.563.571.5

O± 0.5

8.512.516.520.5

N

58

1012

H

2333

G

30506580

F

30506580

C

100.5135.5149.5180.5

≈A

6972F-056972F-206972F-326972F-50

13.514.517.521.5

ArticleNo.

Z

–M 5M 5M 5

X

156067

114405

4.6×2

9×2.5

6972F-05

6972F-206972F-326972F-50

OrderNo.

O-ringfor size

O-ring (included in delivery)

Serrated

O-ring, see table

66951669696697766985

6972F-056972F-206972F-326972F-50

4.520.532,550,5

58

1012

12253240

0.574.578,57

15.57

M 8× 45M 12× 80M 16×100M 20×120

2172

180350

670250047008800

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.


[kN]

StrokeH

[mm]

Pistondia.

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]per size2 pieces

Torquemax.[Nm]

60160210340

Springforce

min. [N]

2�

g


2006/6

GB


Pull-Down ClampNo. 6972D Pull-Down Clamp

hydraulicdouble actingmax. operating pressure 400 bar

Hole pattern for installation:

serrated

320150

320168

320614

6972D-12

6972D-20

6972D-32

12 4.5

20 9.6

32 12.5

8

10

12

2.5

4.9

9.7

1500

2900

4900

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.


[kN]clamp uncl.

StrokeH

[mm]

20

25

32

Pistondia

[mm]

Oil Volume[cm3]

clamp uncl.

M 6 x 50

M 8 x 60

M 10 x 75

per size4 pieces

17

25

46

Torquemax.[Nm]

�g

0.9

2.5

4.0

Size 12 kN (clamping force) on special request.

Design: Body of tempering steel, burnished. Piston case-hardened and ground. Jaw exchangeable. Standard version with serrated and hardened jaw. Wiper at clamping bolt to protect againstcontamination. Complete with 4 fastening screws.

Application:Pull-down clamps are used whenever clamping is possible only laterally and the workpiece never-theless has to be held firmly on the machine tool table. The hydraulic principle enables highpressing and pull-down forces. This clamp can be used on fixture bodies, with oil supply is effectedby manifold. Fastening is made by 4 screws from top.

Features:Quick and safe return movement, independent from lengths of pipe or numbers of elements in thecircuit. Horizontal and vertical movement is independent of each other (no locked coupling) givinga true pull-down effect. No raising of the clamping jaw, because the clamping bolt is right behindthe jaw. Suitable for incorporation in fixtures. New design of jaw connection with rubber bufferensures sliding without any play.Jaw and piston are connected together by a joint such to avoid the introduction of a bendingmoment to the piston, thus increasing the element’s life time. Oil supply by threaded ports ormanifold.

Note: The maximum pull-down stroke of the jaw must not exceed dimension G. Do not over-stress mounting bolts! Observe maximum permissible torque. The oil channel can be plugged bymeans of a sealing washer and a bolt ISO 4762 – M 5 x 10 from the bottom.

Special features:Oil connections on each side and a supply port in base enable many variations. There is a hingedjoint between the clamping jaw and the hydraulic piston, so that bending moments are not trans-mitted to the piston – this ensures a long working life.Pull-down force approx. 1/3 of respective clamping force.

Dimensions:

OrderNo.

114405

O-ring (included in scope of supply)

6972D-12

6972D-20

6972D-32

ArticleNo.

36.5

39.5

42.8

P

40.5

56.5

64.0

O± 0.5

8

10

12

H

2

3

3

G

40

50

65

F

12.5

15.25

15.25

E

40

50

65

C

122

156

179

≈A

6972D-12

6972D-20

6972D-32

ArticleNo.

R S TU

± 0.1V W X Z

8.5

14.0

17.0

G 1/8

G 1/4

G 1/4

45

60

60

39.5

55.5

63.0

30

37

48

M 6

M 8

M 10

17.0

18.5

20.5

M 5

M 5

M 5

–

24.3

27.5

Q

O-ring

9 x 2.5

o-ring 9x 2.5order No. 114405

= clamp

= unclamp

2006/6

GB


Clamping Elem

ents


Pull-Down Clamp

67371675126742167520

6977-056977-206977-326977-50

4.520,532,550,5

M 8× 35M 12× 65M 16× 80M 20×100

550155030005200

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Holding force[kN]

per element 2 pieces

2No. 6977 Pull-Down Counter-Holdmechanical

Design: Body of tempering steel, burnished. Standard version with serrated and hardened jaw. Jawexchangeable. Complete with two mounting bolts (ISO).

Application:Purely a counter-hold when using a hydraulic or mechanical pull-down clamp. The workpiece ispulled down onto the machine table by the horizontal force that is applied.

Features:The smooth clamping jaw moves always against the machine tool table surface, i.e. the stop posi-tion is always the same. Clamping on slotted table possible lengthwise and crosswise. No raisingof the clamping jaw, because the clamping bolt is right behind the jaw. Suitable for incorporationin fixtures. New design of jaws connection with rubber buffer ensures sliding without any play.

Note: The maximum pull-down stroke of the jaw must not exceed dimension G.

Dimensions:

6977-056977-206977-326977-50

41596167

8131823

3141719

26303746

42606268

8.512.516.520.5

2333

30506580

30506580

79102114133

ArticleNo.

TRQPO

± 0.5NGFC≈A


Pull-down clamp no. 6972-20 used as a vice.

M12 For support elementsNo. 6363-12- . . .

Bushes for positioning

�g

serr

ate

d


Clamping Jaws


2006/6

GB

67025320887671656725667322

6972G-056972G-126972G-206972G-326972G-50

610101010

2.72.53.53.53.5

29.540.550.565.580.5

3040506580

22.523.531.537.539.5

3.58.5

14.517.519.5

15°30°30°30°30°

75126260505825

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

A B C F M Q a

27529.539.547.551.5

48.5

141719

M Q

No. 6972GR Clamping Jaws,with clamping edge

Design:Tempering steel, hardened and tempered, with serrated clamping surface.

Application:For all workpieces with normal clamping faces.

Note:This clamping jaw is part of the standard equipment of pull-down clamps No. 6972, 6972 D, 6972Fand counter-hold 6977.

Design: Tempering steel, unhardened, with smooth clamping surface.

Application:These clamping jaws can be shaped into any clamping form or ground flush for sensitive work-pieces.

Design: Tempering steel, case-hardened and tempered, with bombed clamping surface.

Application:Clamping jaws are particularly suitable for workpieces with hard and very uneven surfaces.


�g

No. 6972W Clamping Jaws,smooth

No. 6972G Clamping Jaws,serrated

67017320903671736726467330

6972W-056972W-126972W-206972W-326972W-50

610101010

2.72.53.53.53.5

29.540.550.565.580.5

3040506580

3233

41.552.559.5

145277525

10001550

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

A B C F M �g

67009321620671816727267348

6972GR-056972GR-126972GR-206972GR-326972GR-50

610101010

2.72.53.53.53.5

29.540.550.565.580.5

3040506580

56.58

1012

300200200300300

15°30°30°30°30°

85147300600940

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

A B C F H R a �g


2006/6

GB


Clamping Elem

ents

Pull-Down ClampsNo. 6973 Edge Clamp

single actingwith spring returnmax. operating pressure 350 bar 66787

668036973-09-16973-09-2

9 2.2 5 1.42.9481399

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Clamping forcehorizontal

at 350 bar[kN]

Clampingforce verticalat 350 bar

[kN]

Strokehorizontal

[mm]

Vol.total

[cm3]

Pistonarea

[cm2]

�g

Design: Black hard coated and burnished cylinder bodies. Piston hardened and ground. Chromed and har-dened alloy steel blade.

Application:Universal Edge Clamp for various applications.

Features:Small unit offering large clamping force. Oil supply by threaded ports or manifolds.

Note:For single acting cylinders there is risk of sucking in coolant through the breather port.In such cases the breather port has to be piped to a clean protected area. The systemhas to be competely vented during installation.

No. 6973-09-1 No. 6973-09-2

Stroke

Serrated and hardened Torque max. 11.5 Nm

Positioning hole

Ø 6 4.5 depth

Bushing Ø 16x6

Torque max. 11 Nm

2008

/6G

B


ANDREAS MAIER FELLBACH - Telefon +49 (0)711 57 66-212 - Fax +49 (0)711 57 57 25 HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC CLAMPING SYSTEM

... about hydraulic multiple clamping system

... and its special characteristics:- Hydraulic precision multiple clamping system, built up symmetrically, with four clamping positions. Individually adjustable. Centrically clamping.- Manual adjustment of the clamping intervals with pitch of 1 mm. The connection is positively interlocked. With use of the full clamping stroke of 3 mm, workpieces with nominal widths from 13 mm to 134 mm can be clamped. With a clamping stroke of 1 mm, a max. nominal workpiece width of 136 mm is possible. Butpleasenote:Gripping jaws change these values!- Workpiece support surface = 104 x 6 mm, workpiece clamping surface = 104 x 12 mm. The workpiece supports are integrated in the clamping jaws and cylinder housings.- Jaw width = 104 mm- Oil is supplied centrally, optionally through two side connections in G 1/4 or through O-ring connections in the base plate. The oil flow is distributed evenly to the pistons via the tube system.- For use on machine tables as well as in devices and quick-change systems.

Note:- Maximum traversing speed 0.5 m/s- Minimum operating pressure 40 bar.- The use of a hydraulic unit with a 4/3-way valve is recommended.- To manually adjust the clamping positions, the A and B channels must be connected to the tank (unpressurized state).- When programming the machines, please observe the zero offset on the multiple clamping system!

Application:- Two or four workpieces on a centrally clamping device.- Parallel arrangement of several devices for series production.- Parallel arrangement of several devices for long workpieces.

Fixed stop and system zero point with workpiece support, left and right

Clamping jaws with threaded holes for gripping jaws

Adjustable clamping unit, inside, with workpiece support

Guide tube with 1 mm pitch

Baseplate with mounting holes. Oil supply channels from below

Vent screw

Clamping screw with underlying pitch piece for fixing the adjustable clamping point.

Adjustable clamping unit, outside

The hydraulic multiple clamping system in detail:

2008/6GBSpecifications subject to change.

HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC CLAMPING SYSTEM ANDREAS MAIER FELLBACH - Telefon +49 (0)711 57 66-212 - Fax +49 (0)711 57 57 25

Hydraulic multiple clamping systemNo.6976-20-4 Hydraulicmultiple clampingsystem dual acting max. operating pressure 400 bar

Orderno.

Clamping force per clamp. position at Piston stroke Piston dia. Piston area kg

100 bar 400 bar[kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [cm2]

322412 4,9 19,6 3 25 4,91 77,0

Design:The clamping jaws, cylinder housing and base plate are made of high-strength tool steel. All of the elements that are subject to wear are nitrogen hardened and coated to protect against corrosion. ThebaseplateisalsoavailablewithclampnipplesoftheAMFzero-pointsystem!

Note:The diameters 15 at the „clamping or loosening connections“ correspond to the O-ring outer diameters. The counter surface provided by the customer must be examined using the reflection method. It must have a diameter of at least 15 mm and a maximum roughness of Rz 6.3. The control channels must be drilled with a diameter of 5 mm.

Pleasepayattentiontotheremarksabove!

depth

( -stroke)( -stroke)( -stroke)

left right

unclamp

clamp

front Chip guard plate

Chip guard profile

rear

Holesforgrippingjawsfromabove!

All holes with insertion dimension 86 and 60 = 6 H7 - 8 depth ! All holes with insertion dimension 32 = M6/10/13,5 !

unclamp

clamp

unclamp

left rightUpper side

Underside


2006/6

GB

Special made products

2006/6

GB


Support ElementsClam

ping Elements


Type Support Force Support Stroke Advanced by No. of Operating Mode[kN] [mm] Models

6961F/L 8 - 20 6 - 10 spring/air 6 single acting



6964F/L 4.4 - 55.6 6.5 - 19.0 spring/air 12 single acting

6964H 4.4 - 17.0 6.5 - 12.5 hydraulic 5 single acting


Support Elementsfor tension free clamping and vibration free machining

● support force up to 50 kN


● piston rod with internal thread

● wipers to protect againstcontamination

● oil supply through manifolds orthreaded ports

● different designs to suit yourapplication:

flange-, threaded-,

block- and built-in

versions available

Support force:8 - 20 kN3 models

Support force:4.4 - 55.6 kN1 model

Support force:4.4 - 17 kN2 models

No. 6961F-08

No. 6964F

No. 6964H

Catalogue-page 110

Catalogue-page 113

Catalogue-page 115

Circuits:

Picture 1

Diagram:

Picture 2


2006/6

GB

Support Elements


No. 6961F/L Support Element, block-typespring advanced or air advancing

max. operating pressure 400 barmin. operating pressure 50 bar

65250

65268

65276

65284

65292

65300

6961F-08

6961F-12

6961F-20

6961L-08

6961L-12

6961L-20

20-32

32-41

40-72

170

270

440

8

12

20

8

12

20

6

8

10

6

8

10

5.5

8

13

5.5

8

13

2.0

3.14

4.9

2.0

3.14

4.9

1100

1800

3100

1100

1800

3100

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

FunctionStroke

H[mm]

Vol-ume[cm3]

Piston

area

[cm2]

Dependenton springpreten-sioning

andsettingtravel

Dependenton air

pressureat max.10 bar

Plunger exten-ded, springadjustable

contact force

Plunger retracted, pneumaticadvancespringreturn

�g

Support forceat max. 400 bar

F2 [kN]

Contact forceF1 [N]

Connection endsfor oil and air suppliesthrough fixture body

Contact-force F1(for type 6961 F)adjustable by setscrew

Plug with sinter metalbreather.Air vent connection G1/8for type 6961L

Fixturebody

Air

Air Air

Oil

Oil

Oil

O-Ring 8×1.5

Oil supply Air supply

Operating pressure p in bar

Support forc

e F

2 in k

NClamping cylinder

Support element

Clamping cylinder

Support element

Design:Steel cylinder body, burnished. Plunger case-hardened and ground. Internal locking sleeve –System Kostyrka. Special wiper prevents contamination. Threaded support plunger. Starting posi-tion extended or retracted, depending on function. Internal parts made of stainless steel.

Application: These spring or pneumatic advancing hydraulic support elements provide additional support toavoid vibration or deflection during machining. Even large workpiece tolerances can be compen-sated (castings). Fitted directly below a clamping point they prevent distortion of the workpiece.The support elements can be matched with clamping cylinders of same nominal size into one cir-cuit. To prevent the support plunger from possible slackening during a clamping procedure, it isadvisible to connect a sequence valve (no. 6918-2) to control the support elements. Due to this fact,the support element is locked before the clamping procedure can be activated (fig. 1). Being usedas an additional support to prevent from bending and vibration, the element should be precededby a sequence valve (no. 6918-2) in order to ensure supporting before clamping.In case the clamping force is higher than the support force, the clamping force has to be reducedby using a pressure recluding valve no. 6917 (fig. 2).

Features: Rigid support element due to high operating pressure, matching the forces of clamping cylinders.Smooth contacting of the workpiece by adjustable spring or pneumatic pressure. Universal use ineach position. Oil- or air-supply through threaded ports or manifolds.

Note: For spring advanced types, there is risk of sucking in coolant! To avoid this, a breatherpiping has to be connected at the pneumatic port in order to place it to a protectedarea. In order to prevent that dirt and liquid enters through the support piston, thepiston must be covered by a suitable cap or a supporting screw.The support elements must be properly vented! The vent port must always be on top. Insufficientventilation will cause destruction of locking sleeve.

Dimensions:

6961F/L-086961F/L-126961F/L-20

607080

405060

7286

104

79.593.5

113.5

SW14SW17SW22

6.58.5

10.5

M 8M10M12

405060

223040

283233

ArticleNo.

LKG JE Ø FDCBA

6961F/L-086961F/L-126961F/L-20

243240

28.533.540.5

121620

10.512.514.5

G1/8

475662

323639

162025

344244

SW4SW5SW6

ArticleNo.

ZXV Ø WR SPONM

2006/6

GB



ping Elements


No. 6962F/L Support Element, cartridge typespring advanced or air advancing


65052

65078

65094

65060

65086

65102

6962F-08

6962F-12

6962F-20

6962L-08

6962L-12

6962L-20

20-32

32-41

40-72

170

270

440

8

12

20

8

12

20

6

8

10

6

8

10

5.5

8

13

5.5

8

13

2.0

3.14

4.9

2.0

3.14

4.9

500

700

1100

500

700

1100

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

FunctionStroke

H[mm]

Vol-ume[cm3]

Piston

area

[cm2]


andsettingtravel

Dependenton air


Plunger exten-ded, adjustable

springcontact force

Plunger retrac-ted, pneumatic

advancespring return

Design:Steel cylinder body, burnished. Plunger case-hardened and grounded. Internal locking sleeve –System Kostyrka. Special wiper prevents contamination. Threaded support plunger. Starting posi-tion extended or retracted, depending on function. Internal parts made of stainless steel.

Application: These spring or pneumatic advancing hydraulic support elements provide additional support toavoid vibration or deflection during machining. Even large workpiece tolerances can be compen-sated (castings). Fitted directly below a clamping point they prevent distortion of the workpiece.The support elements can be matched with clamping cylinders of same nominal size into one cir-cuit. To prevent the support plunger from possible slackening during a clamping procedure, it isadvisible to connect a sequence valve (no. 6918-2) to control the support elements. Due to this fact,the support element is locked before the clamping procedure can be activated (fig. 1, page 108).Being used as an additional support to prevent from bending and vibration, the element should bepreceded by a sequence valve (no. 6918-2) in order to ensure supporting before clamping.In case the clamping force is higher than the support force, the clamping force has to be reducedby using a pressure recluding valve no. 6917 (page 108).

Features: Rigid support element due to high operating pressure, matching the forces of clamping cylinders.Smooth contacting of the workpiece by adjustable spring or pneumatic pressure. The threaded typeallows to fit the work supports in fixtures with restricted space. Hydraulic and pneumatic connec-tions are made through channels in fixture body. Easy use of contact bolts in threaded support plunger.

Note: For spring advanced types, there is risk of sucking in coolant! To avoid this, a breatherpiping has to be connected at the pneumatic port in order to place it to a protectedarea. In order to prevent that dirt and liquid enters through the support piston, thepiston must be covered by a suitable cap or a supporting screw.The support elements must be properly vented! The vent port must always be on top. Insufficientventilation will cause destruction of locking sleeve.

Dimensions:

6962F/L-086962F/L-126962F/L-20

7487

104

364045

SW14SW17SW22

SW41SW46SW50

M 8M10M12

81.594.5

113.5

576985

12.519.522.5

162025

SW4SW5SW6

ArticleNo.

Ø W ZNL MG KFEØ DC

6962F/L-086962F/L-126962F/L-20

44.555.571.5

27.537.548.5

587086

364045

374146

404450

M38×1.5M42×1.5M48×1.5

14.521.524.5

29.539.550.5

46.557.573.5

ArticleNo.

K1JG IØE1

ØF1

ØDH7

C1min.

BA

M38×1.5M42×1.5M48×1.5

Dimensions for installation:

Dimensions for bare-hole installation:

�g

Contact forceF1 [N]


F2 [kN]

Diagram:

(Contact force F1 adjustableby setscrew for type 6962F)

Oil

Air

Stroke

Detail X

Ventilation 6962 FAir supply 6962 L

Oil supply


Support forc

e F

2 in k

N

Contact force F1 adjustableby setscrew (for type6963FA)

Screw plug withsinter metal breather.Air vent connection G1/8for type 6963LA

Circuits:

Picture 1

Diagram:

Picture 2


2006/6

GB

Support Elements


65110

65136

65151

65128

65144

65169

6963FA-08-01

6963FA-12-01

6963FA-20-01

6963LA-08-01

6963LA-12-01

6963LA-20-01

20-32

32-41

40-72

170

270

440

8

12

20

8

12

20

6

8

10

6

8

10

5.5

8

13

5.5

8

13

2.0

3.14

4.9

2.0

3.14

4.9

1000

1350

1900

1000

1350

1900

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

FunctionStroke

H[mm]

Vol-ume[cm3]

Piston

area

[cm2]


andsettingtravel

Dependenton air


Plungerextended,

springadjustable

contact force

Plunger re-tracted,

pneum. ad-vance

spring return

Design:Steel cylinder body, burnished. Plunger case-hardened and grounded. Internal locking sleeve – System Kostyrka. Special wiper prevents contamination. Threaded support plunger. Cylinder bodywith metric fine thread for flange nuts DIN 70852 (page 30). Starting position extended or retracted,depending on function. Internal parts made of stainless steel.

Application: These spring or pneumatic advancing hydraulic support elements provide additional support toavoid vibration or deflection during machining. Even large workpiece tolerances can be compen-sated (castings). Fitted directly below a clamping point they prevent distortion of the workpiece.The support elements can be matched with clamping cylinders of same nominal size into one cir-cuit. To prevent the support plunger from possible slackening during a clamping procedure, it isadvisible to connect a sequence valve (no. 6918-2) to control the support elements. Due to this fact,the support element is locked before the clamping procedure can be activated (fig. 1). Being usedas an additional support to prevent from bending and vibration, the element should be precededby a sequence valve (no. 6918-2) in order to ensure supporting before clamping.In case the clamping force is higher than the support force, the clamping force has to be reducedby using a pressure recluding valve no. 6917 (fig. 2).

Features: Rigid support element due to high operating pressure, matching the forces of clamping cylinders.Smooth contacting of the workpiece by adjustable spring or pneumatic pressure. The work supportcan be fitted in through-holes by two flange nuts. Easy use of contact bolts in threaded supportplunger.

Note: For spring advanced types, there is risk of sucking in coolant! To avoid this, a breatherpiping has to be connected at the pneumatic port in order to place it to a protectedarea. In order to prevent that dirt and liquid enters through the support piston, the pis-ton must be covered by a suitable cap or a supporting screw.The support elements must be properly vented! The vent port must always be on top. Insufficientventilation will cause destruction of locking sleeve.

Dimensions:

6963FA/LA-08-016963FA/LA-12-016963FA/LA-20-01

88101118

465055

SW14SW17SW22

SW41SW46SW50

M 8M10M12

95.5108.5127.5

12.5255

G1/4

162025

SW4SW5SW6

ArticleNo.

ØW ZRNL MG KFEØ DC

M48×1.5M52×1.5M58×1.5

�g

Contact forceF1 [N]


F2 [kN]

No. 6963FA/LA-01 Support Elementthreaded flange-mountingspring advanced or air advancing


Stroke

Oil Air


Support forc

e F

2 in k

NClamping cylinder

Support element

Clamping cylinder

Support element




ping Elements

2006/6

GB

No. 6964F Support Element,base-flange mountingNormally extended. Spring advanced.


6685266878

6689466910

6964F-046964F-11

6964F-336964F-55

24.5 - 29.529.5 - 26.5

40.5 - 80.549.5 - 71.5

14.411,9

33.455.6

16.519.5

12.519.0

281840

20194291

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Contact forceF 1[N]

Support forceat 350 bar

[kN]

Stroke C

[mm]

0.160.33

1.644.26

Vol.cm3

�g

Design: Body made of tempered steel. Support plunger with internal thread case-hardened and ground.Wiper to protect against dirt and cutting fluid. Internal parts made of stainless steel.

Application:The support element is used as an extra support to prevent sagging and vibration of a workpiece.

Features:Element with high load capacity and low height.Spring extension: the plunger is normally extended. Variable spring setting permits sensitiveadjustment of contact force.

Note: Support plunger must be protected against the entry of dirt and cutting fluid by fitting a set screw or plug. When installing, ensure that all air is bled from the system.Insufficient ventilation will cause destruction of locking sleeve.

Dimensions:

6964F-046964F-11

6964F-336964F-55

16,520.5

38,551,5

556,5570.5

107,5133,5

24.533,5

68.576,5

24,525,5

25,531.5

55.556.5

12.512.5

M26×1.5M35×1.5

Ø 57Ø 76

M88×1.25×55,5M10×1.55×59,5

M12×1.75×15,5M16×2 ×22,5

2330

5070

ArticleNo.

A B D E F G SW J

6964F-046964F-11

6964F-336964F-55

33.541,5

63.589,5

24.530,5

52.573,5

44.559,5

76,597,5

17.524,5

31.544.5

G1/8

G1/8

13,518,5

26,536.5

5.57,5

7,59,5

5910

1624

31,543,5

61,581.5

59,010,0

16,024,0

58.5,0,0

59.5,0,0

7°

–

ArticleNo.

K M P Q R1 S T W X Y Z AA

Oil c

onnection

Bre

ath

er

plu

g

Diagrams:

Support forc

e [

kN

]S

upport forc

e [

kN

]

Operating pressure [bar]



2006/6

GB

Support Elements


No. 6964L Support Element,base-flange mountingNormally retracted. Air advanced.


6693666621

6668866704

6964L-046964L-11

6964L-336964L-55

217.5*235.5*

289,5*253.3*

14.411,9

33.455.6

16.519.5

12.519.0

255840

20234300

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Contact forceF 1[N]


[kN]

Stroke C

[mm]

0.160.33

1.644.26

Vol.cm3

�g



Features:Element with high load capacity and low height.Pneumatic: the plunger is normally retracted. Sensitive adjustment of contact force by varying theair pressure.


Dimensions:

* Max. contact force with 1.7 bar air pressure.

6964L-046964L-11

6964L-336964L-55

16,520.5

38,551,5

549,5561,5

598,5114.5

24.533,5

68.576,5

24,525,5

25,531.5

55.556.5

12.512.5

M26×1.5M35×1.5

Ø 57Ø 76

M86×1,25×57.5M88×1.25×56,5

M12×1.75×15,5M16×2,75×22

2330

5070

ArticleNo.

A B D E F G SW J

6964L-046964L-11

6964L-336964L-55

33.541,5

63.589,5

24.530,5

52.573,5

44.558.5

76,5975

17.524,5

31.544.5

G1/8

G1/8

13,518,5

26,536.5

5.57,5

7,59,5

5910

1624

31,543,5

61,581.5

59,010,0

16,024,0

58.5,0,0

59.5,0,0

7°

–

ArticleNo.

K M P Q R1 S T W X Y Z AA

Oil c

onnection

Air c

onnection

Diagrams:

Support forc

e [

kN

]S

upport forc

e [

kN

]



2006/6

GB



ping Elements


No. 6964H Support Element,base-flange mountingNormally retracted. Hydraulic advanced.Spring force for contact.


6674666761

6964H-11-26964H-17

13.5-44.527 ,-53,5

11,017,0

6.512.5

8451633

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Contact forceF 1[N]


[kN]

Stroke C

[mm]

12.131.003.50

Volume

[l/min.]

Vol.cm3

�g



Features:Element with high load capacity and low height.Hydraulic and spring: the plunger is normally retracted. When pressure is applied, the supportpin advances with a weak spring-applied force to contact the workpiece. The spring force varieswith the stroke. As the hydraulic pressure rises, the support plunger is hydraulically clamped. Whenthe pressure is released, the support plunger returns to the retracted position. Very high repeatabi-lity ensures optimum production quality.


Dimensions:


6964H-11-26964H-17

20.538,5

8282.5

33,540,5

31.525,0,

9,512.5

M35×1.5M60×1.5

,M12×1.75×56.53054

19

ArticleNo.

A B D E F G SW SW1 J

6964H-11-26964H-17

41.563.5

30,552.5

58.579.5

23.5 35,0

G1/818,026,0

743,062.5

10.516,0

58.5,05

ArticleNo.

K L M P Q R S T X Y Z

Oil connection

Groove for

O-ring 9x3.5

Diagrams:

Support forc

e [

kN

]S

upport forc

e [

kN

]




2006/6

GB

Support Elements


No. 6964F Support Element,threaded-typeNormally extended. Spring advanced.


min. operating pressure 50 bar

165092165100

6964F-04-16964F-11-1

4.5 - 99 - 26.5

4.411.0

0.160.33

48 3406.59.5

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Contact forceF 1[N]


[kN]

StrokeC

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Tighteningtorque[Nm]

�g

Design: Body made of tempered steel, support plunger with internal thread case-hardened and ground.Wiper to protect against dirt and cutting fluid. Internal parts made of stainless steel. Oil supply bymanifold.


Features:Element with high load capacity and low height.Spring extension: the plunger is normally extended. Variable spring setting permits sensitive ad-justment of contact force.


Dimensions:

Washer

6964F-04-16964F-11-1

15.820.6

47.562,0

40,049.5

5.56.5

7,07.8

M26 x 1.5M35 x 1.5

M 8x1.25x5M10x1.5 x9

2330

ArticleNo.

A

24.131

MB D E F G J SW

Installation Dimensions:

Diagram:


Support forc

e [

kN

]


ArticleA B C D E F G H

No.

6964F-04-1 M26×1.5-6H 15.5 24.2 24.5 5.8 7 3.8 10.26964F-11-1 M35×1.5-6H 16.4 31.2 33.5 6.8 8 7.1 13.2

Breather hole


2006/6

GB



ping Elements

No. 6964L Support Element,threaded-typeNormally extended. Air advanced.



165167165183

6964L-04-16964L-11-1

17.5*35.5*

4.411.0

0.160.33

48 3406.59.5

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Contact forceF 1[N]


[kN]

StrokeC

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Tighteningtorque[Nm]

�g

Design: Body made of tempered steel, support plunger with internal thread case-hardened and ground.Wiper to protect against dirt and cutting fluid. Internal parts made of stainless steel. Oil/Air supplyby manifold.


Features:Element with high load capacity and low height.Pneumatic: the plunger is normally retracted. Sensitive adjustment of contact force by varying theair pressure.


Dimensions:


6964L-04-16964L-11-1

16,020.5

41,552.5

40.550.5

5.56.5

5,510,5

M26 x 1.5M35 x 1.5

M 6x1 x7.5M 8x1.25x6

2330

ArticleNo.

A

23.531

MB D E F G J SW

Washer

Oil

ArticleA B C D E F G HNo.

6964L-04-1 M26×1.5-6H 15.5 24.2 24.5 5.8 7 3.8 10.26964L-11-1 M35×1.5-6H 16.4 31.2 33.5 6.8 8 7.1 13.2


Diagram:


Air

Support forc

e [

kN

]



2006/6

GB

Support Elements


No. 6964H Support Element,threaded-typeNormally retracted. Hydraulic advanced.

Spring force for contact.



16522566720

165241

6964H-04-16964H-11-1

6964H-17-1

4.4 - 26.713.5 - 44.5

27 - 53

4.411.0

17.0

1.0

3.5

48

136

340

340

6.5

12.5

2.13

2.13

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Contact forceF 1[N]


[kN]

StrokeC

[mm]

Flowrate

[l/min.]

Vol.

[cm3]

Tigh-teningtorque[Nm]

�g

6964H-04-16964H-11-1

6964H-17-1

16,020.5

38,0

53,072,0

72,0

42,054.5

54.5

7.09.5

6.5

5.59,5

12.5

M26 x 1.5M35 x 1.5

M60 x 1.5

M 8x1.25x5M12x1.75x6.5

M12x1.75x6.5

3.55,5

5,5

23.329.7

54.9

1319

19

ArticleNo.

A

23.529.5

55,0

MB D E F G J L SW SW1

Washer

ArticleA B C D

No.

6964H-04-1 M26×1.5-6H 14.5 23.4 24.5+-0.156964H-11-1 M35×1.5-6H 19 29.9 33.5+-0.07

6964H-17-1 M60×1.5-6H 15 55 58.5+-0.15


ArticleE F G H

No.

6964H-04-1 4.5 6 3.8 1.86964H-11-1 5 6.4 9.65 3.2

6964H-17-1 4 5.4 – –

Design: Body made of tempered steel, support plunger with internal thread case-hardened and ground.Wiper to protect against dirt and cutting fluid. Internal parts made of stainless steel. Oil supply bymanifold.


Features:Element with high load capacity and low height.Hydraulic and spring: the plunger is normally retracted. When pressure is applied, the supportpin advances with a weak spring-applied force to contact the workpiece. The spring force varieswith the stroke. As the hydraulic pressure rises, the support pin is hydraulically clamped. When thepressure is released, the support pin returns to the retracted position. Very high repeatability en-sures optimum production quality.


Dimensions:

Installations details:

- 6964H-04-1 and

- 6964H-11-1:

Installations details:

- 6964H-17-1:

2006/6

GB



ping Elements


Support force diagrams for support elements No. 6964F/L/H flange-mounting version (page 111 – 113) and

No. 6964F/L/H screw-in version (page 114 – 116).

Support forc

e [

kN

]

Operating pressure [bar] Operating pressure [bar]

Support forc

e [

kN

]


Support forc

e [

kN

]


Support forc

e [

kN

]


2006/6

GB


2006/6

GB

Hydraulic Compensating ClampNo. 6965 Hydraulic

Compensating ClampSingle-actingmax. operating pressure 250 bar

320333320341320358

6965-08-006965-08-016965-08-02

5 2.5 12 316.0*5.58.5

1675

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

max.clampingforce [kN]

max.locking force

[kN]

Clampingstroke[mm]

Compen-sating stroke

[mm]

Pin dia.

[mm]

�g

Design:Body made of blued steel; piston in steel, case-hardened and ground. Complete with four mount-ing screws, M6 x 70, and O-rings for flange-sealing.

Application:The Hydraulic Compensating Clamp is employed in fixtures for the distortion-free, floating clampingand support of workpieces. It is possible to use several Hydraulic Compensating Clamps withoutdistorting a workpiece.

Features:The floating support piston has a 3 mm compensating stroke, so that workpieces with substantialvariations in form, or variable and imprecise hole tolerances can be clamped. Directly following theworkpiece clamping operation, a sequential valve operates to lock the support piston in exactly theposition it has adopted after clamping. The hydraulic supplies can be provided through ports withscrewed connections in the clamp element, or directly through drillings in the fixture body. The workpiece support on the compensating clamp is easy to change, and these elements can, byproviding suitable-formed supports, be quickly and simply adapted to different workpiece contours.

Important:Please do not operate a Hydraulic Compensating Clamp without a workpiece in place; doing socan damage the return spring or cause it to set and lose force.

*Clamping pin blank not hardened

Workpiece clamped at integrated bolt. Workpiece clamped at reinforcement strip. To clamp at dedicated contours.

O-ring connection

depth

G 1/8 clamping G 1/8 locking

Clamping pin

3 mm compensating stroke

2006/6

GB


Clamping Elem

ents


2006/6

GB

Hydraulic Compensating Clamp

Diagram example:Function example:


2006/6

GB

Hydraulic Compensating Clamp


2006/6

GB

AccessoriesAccessories

Valves Pressure Switch Rotary Couplingspages 124 – 128 page 129 pages 134 – 135

High Pressure Hoses andCouplers Manifolds Gauge

page 140– 141 page 141 page 141

Pallet Decoupler BlockCoupling Unit for

Pallet Decoupler Block Accumulator Pallet Decoupler Blockpage 136 page 137 pages 138 – 139

2006/6

GB

Valves



No. 6917-1 Pressure reducing valveDBGMmax. operating pressure 400 bar

Design:Body made of steel, phosphatized. Remaining parts of tempering steel. Valve seat and piston arehardened and ground. This valve is leak free.

Function: The stop valve shuts the flow from P to A when the pressure set A is reached. It opens when thepressure at A falls below the set value (e.g. through leakage).

Application:1. Single-circuit system:

The pressure reducing valve is used in a hydraulic circuit, where part of the cylinders are onlyto receive a reduced pressure (e.g. to prevent distortion of the workpieces or for positioning).

2. Dual-circuit system:If two working circuits are to be operated with different pressures from a single pump unit, thepressure of one circuit must be reduced by inserting a pressure reducing valve.

Symbol:

69211 6917A-1 50 × 50 × 25 G1/4 450

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Connection

Design: Tempering steel, phosphatized.

Application: For pipe connection of stop valve No. 6917-1.

View in direction of plate

69179 6917-1 6 400 20 370 5 manifold 1085

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Nomi-nalsize

Input pressureat P

max. [bar]

Adjust. press.at A [bar]

min. max.

Nominalflow

[l/min]Connection

No. 6917A-1 Connecting Platefor stop valve

Hole pattern form A, nominalsize 6 according to DIN 24340 part 2; 11.82+

Hole pattern, see below!

�g

�g

�g

ISO 4762 M5×60

Pressure gauge connection G1/4

Diagram:Design: Nodular grey cast iron, bodygalvanized (6918-10-001) steelparts. Sealing of spindle is possibleto ensure the set pressure.

No. 6918-10 Pressure relief valve

65375288225

6918-106918-10-001

100025

500160

Pipe mounting

20–40

to +8010–500 200

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Operatingpressure [bar]

min. max.Connection

50020

max.pressurein T [bar]

Nominalflow

[l/min.]

Ambienttemperature

[°C]

Viscosity[c St]

Characteristics

Resistance of flow


ValvesAccessories


No. 6918 Sequence Valvemax. operating pressure 500 bar

No. 6918-2-02-02 No. 6918-2

No. 6918-2 No. 6918-3 No. 6918-2-02-02

Application example: Application example – Hydraulic circuit:

60517

66100

320135

320143

320366

6918-2

6918-3

6918-4

6918-5

6918-2-02-02

40

Tube fitting G1/4

O-ring connection

Combination (pipe line)

Combination (pipe line)

For installation

20 500750

150

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Nominal flow

[l/min.]Connection

Operating pressure [bar]min. max.

60517

66100

320135

320143

320366

6918-2

6918-3

6918-4

6918-5

6918-2-02-02

10–500–40

bis +80P–A ~1.5×p max.

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Viscosity[c St]

Ambienttemperature

[°C]

Direction of flow

Possible statically overload

�g

Design: Steel body, nitrided. Sealing nut galvanized. All functional components hardened and ground. Balls out of roller bearing steel.

Function: The controlled sequence valve ensures constant pressure difference between input and output.Return oil flow through bypass-check valve. Any mounting position.

Note: For disassembly of the pressure valve please release first SW (AF) 24, then SW 22. For assemblyplease use reverse sequence and observe max. seating torque. The pressure difference between P and A depends on the preload of the adjustment spring.

bar-hole

No. 6918-3

Order No. 66100

No. 6918-4

Order No. 320135

No. 6918-5

Order No. 320143

pump

2006/6

GB

2006/6

GB

Valves



Actuating element

No. 6910-06-01/02 Seat Valve, 3/2-Waymax. operating pressure 500 bar

Design: The ball, being the essential control element, is pressed either by a solenoid or a spring onto thehardened ball seats. The blocked flow direction is thus hermetically shut off. The solenoids workwith or without a shift lever and are designed and checked to VDE 0580. The seat valve has amanual emergency actuator. A check valve is incorporated in channel P.

Application:The 3/2-way seat valve is used to determine the direction of oil flow. These valves are mainly usedfor direct control of single-acting cylinders.

Features:Hermetic sealing by ball seats. Sealing of the oil channels of the valve base with O-rings. The seatvalve has completely hydraulic pressure compensation and negative switching. The seat valve caneasily be adapted to all AMF/VEKTEK-pump units.

Important note on installation:The direction of flow must be the direction of the arrow according to the symbol. The position of in-stallation is optional. Recommended hydraulic oil: HL acc. DIN 51524 part 1 or HLP acc. DIN 51524part 2.

Note:Seat valves with control voltage Ust = 230 V~ on request.

Symbols:

No. 6910-06-01 No. 6910-06-02

259168259226

6910-06-016910-06-02

5Seatvalve

mani-fold

500 12 10–500 710

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Nom.size

Type ConnectionOperatingpressure

max. [bar]

Nominalflow

[l/min.]

Viscosity

[c St]

259168259226

6910-06-016910-06-02

–40to +80

24 = 20100 on

50 off100

(to 35 °C)2000 IP 54

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Ambienttemperature

[°C]Ust[VA]

P[VA]

Switchingtime [ms]

relative dutycycle [%]

Switching

frequ. per hour

codeclass

Dimensions for both sizes

Diagram:

�g

3/2-way seat valve nom. size 5 Characteristic

Insertcheck valve

2006/6

GB


ValvesAccessories


Actuating element

No. 6910-06-04/05 Seat Valve, 3/2-Waymax. operating pressure 450 bar

Design: The ball, being the essential control element, is pressed either by a magnet or a spring onto thehardened ball seats. The blocked flow direction is thus hermetically shut off. The magnets work withor without a shift lever and are designed and checked to VDE 0580. The seat valve has a manualemergency actuator. A check valve is incorporated in channel P.

Application:The 3/2-way seat valve is used to determine the direction of oil flow. These valves are mainly usedfor direct control of single-acting cylinders. Used on pomp unit Type 6907.

Features:Hermetic sealing by ball seats. Sealing of the oil channels of the valve base with O-rings. The seatvalve has completely hydraulic pressure compensation and negative switching. The seat valve caneasily be adapted to all AMF/VEKTEK-pump units.

Important note on installation:The direction of flow must be the direction of the arrow according to the symbol. The position of in-stallation is optional. Recommended hydraulic oil: HL acc. DIN 51524 part 1 or HLP acc. DIN 51524part 2.

Note:Seat valves with control voltage Ust = 230 V~ on request.

Symbols:

No. 6910-06-04 No. 6910-06-05

27682465391

6910-06-046910-06-05

4Seatvalve

mani-fold

450 8 10–200 600

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Nom.size


max. [bar]

Nominalflow

[l/min.]

Viscosity

[c St]

27682465391

6910-06-046910-06-05

–40to +80

24 = 2470 on50 off

100(to 40 °C)

2000 IP 65

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Ambienttemperature

[°C]Ust[VA]

P[VA]

Switchingtime [ms]

relative dutycycle [%]

Switching

frequ. per hour

codeclass

Diagram:

�g

Dimensions for both sizes

Insertcheck valve

3/2-way seat valve Characteristic



Valves2006/6

GB

No. 6910-10 Manual Seat Valve 2/2-WayNo. 6910-11 Manual Seat Valve 3/2-Way

No. 6910A-05 Connection Plate

No. 6910-10

No. 6910-11

181214

114298

6910-10

6910-115

SeatValve

Plate 500 12 400

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Nominalsize


max. [bar]

Nominal flow

[l/min.]

181214

114298

6910-10

6910-1110–500

–40to +80

Controlknob

63 3.5 90°

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Visco-sity

[c St]

Ambienttemperature

[°C]

Actuationtype

Switchingtorque[N cm]

Switching stroke[mm]

Switch-ing

angle

Application: By means of the 2/2 manual way seat valve an oil channel can be closed or opened. The 3/2manual way seat valve allows to determine the direction of oil flow.

Features: Hermetic sealing by ball seats. Sealing of the oil channels of the valve base with O-rings. The seatvalve has completely hydraulic pressure compensation and negative switching.

Important note on installation:The direction of flow has to be the direction of the arrow according to the symbol. The installationposition is optional. Hydraulic oil HL according to DIN 51524 Part 1 or HLP according to DIN 51524Part 2.

Symbols:

No. 6910-10 No. 6910-11

Design: Tempering steel, TEM deburred and phosphatized.

For pipe connection in combination with

– 3/2-way seat valve no. 6910-06-01– 2/2-way manual seat valve no. 6910-10– 3/2-way manual seat valve no. 6910-11

Diagram:

�g

3 × G1/4

Connection

60335 6910A-05 50 × 45 × 30 450

OrderNo.

ArticleNo. o �

g

DepthM6x10

3/2-way seat valveCharacteristics

Insertcheck valve

2006/6

GB


Piston Pressure SwitchesAccessories


Plan view

No. 6982-05/06 Piston Pressure Switchelectric-hydraulic

No. 6982-02-01 Adapter Platefor piston pressure switchNo. 6982-02

Application: For connecting pressure switch No. 6982-02.

Application:For electric-hydraulic pressure monitoring of a clamping circuit. The piston pressure switch can bemounted onto an adapter plate for tube connection.

Note:Order spare O-ring seal with order No. 182634.

60780 6982-02-01 185

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

176214 6982-02 40–450 –20 to +80 any IP 65 330

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Operating pressure

[bar]

Temp.[°C]

Mounting position

Code class

176214 6982-02 microswitch 100 30V - 250V = 5Aspring-loaded

piston

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Switch type

Switching frequency[1/min.]

Resistive contactloading

Design

276881136291

6982-056982-06

200–63020–210

–20 to +80 any IP 65 300

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Operating pressure

[bar]

Temp.[°C]

Mountingposition

Code class

276881136291

6982-056982-06

microswitch 304A at 230V4A at 12V

spring-loaded piston

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Switch type

Switching frequency[1/min.]

Voltage Design

�g

�g

�g

A➝

Dependent of switch

Pitch-circleØ 44

No. 6982-02 Piston Pressure Switchelectric-hydraulic

Connection

Pitch-circle Ø 44

Application:For electric-hydraulic pressure monitoring of a clamping circuit. The piston pressure switch can bemounted onto an adapter plate for tube connection.

Note: Spare O-ring 4.47x 1.78

2006/6

GB

Valves



No. 6916-04 Line Check Valvemax. operating pressure 630 bar

62885 6916-04 630 12 3–20

to +901 110

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Pressure max. [bar]

Flow[l/min.]

D p atflow[bar]

Ambienttemperature

[°C]

Aperturepressure

[bar]

Design: Steel housing, galvanized. Sealing cone spring loaded with O-ring sealing. Seals made of buna N.

Important note on installation: The direction of flow is indicated on the hex nut housing by means of an arrow. The pipe connec-tion is sealed by means of a cutting ring.

�g

No. 6916-05/06 Threaded Check Valvemax. operating pressure 630 bar

Design:Steel housing, galvanized. Sealing cone spring loaded with O-ring sealing. Sealings made of buna N.

Important note on installation: The direction of flow is indicated on the hex nut housing by means of an arrow. On the threadedside sealing is done by means of a sealing edge and on the pipe side the valve is sealed by meansof a cutting ring.

62901

62968

6916-05

6916-06630

A–B

B–A12 3

–20to +90

1 95

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Pressuremax. [bar]

Direction of flow

Flow[l/min.]

D p atflow[bar]

Ambienttemperature

[°C]

Aperturepressure

[bar]

�g

62984 6916-07 630A–C

or B–C18 12

–20to +100

160

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Pressuremax.[bar]

Directionsof flow

Flow[l/min.]

D p atflow[bar]

Ambienttemperature

[°C]

No. 6916-07 Shuttle Valvemax. operating pressure 630 bar

Design:Steel housing, galvanized. Ball seat valve type.

Function:By means of two input connections which can be shut and an output connection the alternatingvalve connects A or B with C according to the present pressurized line; the other connection isclosed by means of a ball.

Important note on installation:Attention: The hydraulic line empties itself when not under pressure. The pipe connection is sealed by means of a cutting ring.

�g

60491 6916-08 700 15 8–30

to +800.2–0.3 400

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Pressuremax.[bar]

Flow[l/min.]

D p atflow[bar]

Ambienttemperature

[°C]

Aperturepressure

[bar]

No. 6916-08 Check Valvepilot operatedmax. operating pressure 700 bar

Design: Steel housing, galvanized. Spring-loaded ball acting as a valve element. The control connection isdamped by a throttle.

Note:Position of installation is optional.

Diagram:

�g

Pressure at A

Control pre

ssure

to keep port open

pSt = pB + Dp + k

pB = pressure at B

k = 10 bar

To unblock

Note:

the pressure PA cannot

be released within the

mentioned Pst-pressure

range

2006/6

GB


ValvesAccessories


No. 6916-09 Throttle/Check Valvemax. operating pressure 400 bar

No. 6916-10 Throttle/Check Valvemax. operating pressure 400 bar

No. 6916-11 Ball-Valvemax. operating pressure 500 bar

Design: Steel housing, galvanized. Adjusting knobmade of AL, ribbed. Needle throttle.

Note:Easy setting by scaled spindle and adjust-ing knob.

Design: Steel housing, burnished. Burnished throttlesocket.

Note:A constant flow is achieved by means ofthe new oil dosing curves as from0.04 l/min. The valve can be easilyadjusted under high pressure.

Design: Housing and functioning componentsmade of steel. Seal of shaft made of NBR.

62992 6916-09 400 A–B 15–20

to +800.35 250

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Pressuremax.[bar]

Throttle direction

Flow[l/min.]

Ambienttemperature

[°C]

Aperture pressure

[bar]

63008 6916-10 400 A–B 18–30

to +803 290

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Pressuremax.[bar]

Throttle direction

Flow[l/min.]

Ambienttemperature

[°C]

Aperture pressure

[bar]

65326 6916-11 500 Ø 6 –20 to +100 350

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Pressure max.[bar]

Oilflowbore [DN]

Ambienttemperature

[°C]

Diagram:

Diagram:

�g

�g

�g

Revolutions at the adjustment spindleset screw

Sealed spindle

Characteristic


Screw-in Coupling2008/6G

B


B C D E F G H K L M N O P R

6989M-05-001 18 21,5 10 23,5 31 29 12,0 12,5 11,2 28 5 7 15,5,5 2 x 2,6 6989M-06-002 6989M-10-001 22 21,5 10 23,5 31 29 12,0 12,5 11,2 28 5 7 18,5 4 x 2,8 6989M-20-002

No. 6989M Screw-in Coupling Mechanism


Other sizes available on request

Design: Cylinder body and internal parts made of stainless steel. Seals from NBR, Viton, POM and PU.

Application:Couplings are used for the leakage-free connection of hydraulic oil supplies. The coupling elements are installed in a body. The sealing between coupling mechanism and nipple is axial, and installed in the coupling mechanism. If the seal is worn, it can be replaced. The coupling mecha-nism must always be used in combination with a nipple of the same system. Depending on the version, the couplings can be connected and disconnected at the maximum working pressure. When installed in a tank line, a coupling nipple with pressure relief must be selected. This limits the pressure that can be built up in the uncoupled state (for example due to internal leakage of the clamping elements) to approx 5 bar. When the two parts of the coupling are engaged, the pressure relief is no longer active.

Features:For connection, the coupling mechanism and nipple must be axially aligned. The bodies of the two parts must be guided when the axial sealing surfaces are ca. 2-3 mm apart. The radial position tolerance must not be exceeded. The separating force due to hydraulic pressure is given by the formula NW3: F [N] = 9,4 x p [bar], NW5: F [N] = 15,4 x p [bar]. This separating force must be countered by some external, mechanical means. The coupling mechanism must seal at the bottom of the hole in which it is installed. The mounting hole must be machined to the specified accuracy and surface finish.

Note: The axial sealing surfaces must be protected from dirt. Because the coupling halves have smooth, uninterrupted sealing surfaces, the danger of them collecting dirt is reduced, and the ease with which the user can clean them before the joint is made is increased. Good results can be achieved by washing them off and blowing clean with compressed air. Positioning tolerance in axial direction for all coupling elements: +0.5 mm. Positioning tolerance in radial direction for coupling nipple: +/- 0.2 mm

324491 6989M-05-001 x – M20 x 1,5 3 40 324517 6989M-06-002 – x 164970 6989M-10-001 x – M24 x 1,5 5 72 164996 6989M-20-002 – x

Order No.

Article No.

For coupling under pressure

For pressure- free coupling

Thread

[A]

Nominal bore[NW] g

Dimensions of mounting hole:

Dimensions:

Article No.


Detail X

Accessories


Screw-in Coupling20

08/6

GB


Other sizes available on request.

Design: Cylinder body and internal parts made of stainless steel. Seals from NBR, Viton, POM and PU.

Application:Couplings are used for the leakage-free connection of hydraulic oil supplies. The coupling elements are installed in a body. The sealing between coupling mechanism and nipple is axial, and installed in the coupling mechanism. If the seal is worn, it can be replaced. The coupling mecha-nism must always be used in combination with a nipple of the same system. Depending on the version, the couplings can be connected and disconnected at the maximum working pressure. When installed in a tank line, a coupling nipple with pressure relief must be selected. This limits the pressure that can be built up in the uncoupled state (for example due to internal leakage of the clamping elements) to approx 5 bar. When the two parts of the coupling are engaged, the pressure relief is no longer active.

Features:For connection, the coupling mechanism and nipple must be axially aligned. The bodies of the two parts must be guided when the axial sealing surfaces are ca. 2-3 mm apart. The radial position tolerance must not be exceeded. The separating force due to hydraulic pressure is given by the formula NW3: F [N] = 9,4 x p [bar], NW5: F [N] = 15,4 x p [bar]. This separating force must be countered by some external, mechanical means. The mounting hole must be machined to the specified accuracy and surface finish.

Note: The axial sealing surfaces must be protected from dirt. Because the coupling halves have smooth, uninterrupted sealing surfaces, the danger of them collecting dirt is reduced, and the ease with which the user can clean them before the joint is made is increased. Good results can be achieved by washing them off and blowing clean with compressed air. Positioning tolerance in axial direction for all coupling elements: +0.5 mm. Positioning tolerance in radial direction for coupling nipple: +/- 0.2 mm

Diagram:

No. 6989N Screw-in Coupling Nipple


Dimensions of mounting hole:

B C D G H K L M N P R

6989N-05-001 16 23 8,4 25,9 19,80 13 4,5 22 3 15,0 2 x 2,6 6989N-06-002 6989N-10-001 20 25 8,5 27,0 13,50 14 4,5 20 5 18,5 4-x 2,8 6989N-20-002

Dimensions:

Article No.

324509 6989N-05-001 x – – M20 x 1,5 3 30 324525 6989N-06-002 – x – 164962 6989N-10-001 x – – M24 x 1,5 5 56 164988 6989N-20-002 – x –

Order No.

Article No.

For coupling under

pressure

For pres-sure-free coupling

With pressure

relief

Thread

[A]

Nominal bore[NW] g

NW3: F [N] = 9,4 x p [bar] NW5: F [N] = 15,4 x p [bar]

Detail X


Cou

plin

g fo

rce

[N]

2006/6

GB

Rotary Couplings



No. 6991-01 Axial Swivel Jointsingle passagemax. operating pressure 400 bar

Design: Steel galvanized and yellow passivated.

Application:Rotary couplings are used to supply hydraulic oil to systems which can be rotaded and swivelled.

Note:Please observe max. operating pressure and max. rpm. Thread G1/4 is sealed by means of a sealing edge according to DIN 3852 Part 2, form B.

69088 6991-01 4 400 0.5 25 40–30

to +80140

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Nomi-nalsize

Max. operat-ing press.

[bar]

Max. torque[Nm]

Max. r.p.m.

[1/Min.]

Permissibletorque of G1/4

[Nm]

Ambienttemperature

[°C]

�g

No. 6991-02 Angel Swivel Joint, 90°single passagemax. operating pressure 400 bar

Design: Galvanized steel.

Application:Rotary couplings are used to supply hydraulic oil to systems which can be rotaded and swivelled.

Note: Please observe max. operating pressure and max. rpm. Thread G1/4 is sealed by means of a sealing edge according to DIN 3852 Part 2, form B.

69104 6991-02 4 400 0.5 25 40–30

to +80180

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Nomi-nalsize

Max. operat-ing press.

[bar]

Max. torque[Nm]

Max. r.p.m.

[1/Min.]

Permissibletorque of G1/4

[Nm]

Ambienttemperature

[°C]

�g

For union nut

For union nut

Accessories20

08/6

GB


Rotary Couplings


No. 6991-x0 Rotary coupling uncontrolled, with overflow oil connection max. operating pressure 350 bar

Order No.

Article No.

ConnectionsOperating

temp. max.

torquemax. r.p.m. NG

kg[Nm] [1/min.]inputs outputs [°C]334185 6991-20 2 2 -10

to +60

5,0 855

2,2323451 6991-40 4 4 7,5 48 3,8323477 6991-60 6 6 14,0 40 5,8

Design: Rotary coupling housing of ductile cast iron with radial G1/4 oil connections. Rotary pistons of nitrided tempered steel with radial and axial G1/4 oil connections. The countersinks in the axial connections can be used as O-ring connections. Required O-ring 16x2 (order no. 136069). Cover of tempered steel with radial G1/8 oil connection for removing overflow oil.

Application: Rotary couplings transmit flows of hydraulic oil from a stationary machine component to a rotating one. They are located in the rotary axis of a rotating system. The rotary couplings are generally de-signed for hydraulic systems. To transmit air flows, they have to be filtered, oiled, and free of water. Single-acting and double-acting cylinders can be connected. Each cylinder channel requires a sepa-rate connection on the housing and on the rotor.

Features: Because of the high-grade seal packages it is possible to operate at high pressures. Multistrand rotary oil couplings. Long service life. Compact design.

Note: Max. pressure and max. rpm must not occur together. See diagrams. The frictional resistance on the seals is pressure-dependent. This must be taken into account when calculating the drive tor-que for the rotary table. The rotary couplings are fundamentally designed for intermittent operation. Special versions available on request. See diagrams for minimum and maximum load data.

Diagrams: 14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0 100 200 300Pressure [bar]

Tigh

teni

ng to

rque

[Nm

]

6991-20

6991-40

6991-60100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0 100 200 300

r.p.

m. [

Nm

]

6991-20

6991-40

6991-60

Pressure [bar]

No. 6991-20 No. 6991-40 No. 6991-60

Connection G1/4 optional



O-ring groove 16x2 O-ring groove 16x24 per side M8x12 (depth)

4 per side M8x12 (depth)

6 per side M8x12 (depth)

2006/6

GB

Pallet Decoupler Block



No. 6919-2 Pallet Decoupler Blockmax. operating pressure 400 bar

X→

Circuit:

Diagram 1:

Legend of symbols:= pressure gauge, order No. 161414

SP = accumulator, order No. 67645DBV = pressure-limiting valve, order No. 181222V = 3/2-way-manual seat valve, order No. 114298K1–K4 = pressure outputsP1–P3 = pressure inputs (coupling connectors)P4–P5 = pressure outputsT = opening for pressure pressure limiting valve

Design No. 6919-2: – Distributor made of phosphatized steel– 3/2-way manual seat valve– Accumulator– Pressure-relief valve set to 400 bar– Pressure gauge (600 bar; nom. size 63; with

glycerin damping)– Coupling connector No. 6990 G1/4 S and fittings

Application:The main application for the pallet decoupler block is to maintain pressure at fixtures which aredisconnected from the pump unit during the machining process. For example on flexible machining centers with pallet changing systems.With tight hydraulic elements a loss in pressure shall be limited to 2 bar/h (see diagram 2). Theintegrated accumulator can compensate for a leakage-oil quantity of approx. 9 cm3 in the rangefrom 150 to 400 bar (see diagram 1).The pressure input is connected to P1 or P2 and abserved by the pressure gauge.

Features:After disconnecting the pump unit the clamping fixture cannot be depressurized even by operatingthe seat valve. Compact design. Load outputs (K1 to K4).

Operation:1. Couple pump unit with pallet decoupler block.2. Switch manual seat valve to flow.3. Remove workpiece or insert a new.4. Operate pump unit(clamp).5. Once pressure has been built up (check at pressure gauge), the seat valve must be set to close.6. Operate pump unit (unclamp).7. The pump unit is uncoupled from the pallet decoupler block.

Note:1. If the seat valve is opened in the uncoupled condition, it cannot be coupled again.

The seat valve must then be switched to close. Loosen the coupling connector SW (AF) to depressurize 22 and then tighten again.

2. The clamping point can also have pressure applied when the seat valve is set to close.

* Adjustable between 20 and 250 bar at works (on request).

Diagram 2:

Usefu

l volu

me [

cm

3]

Pressure

[bar]

Init. gas press. 150 bars

Volume

for different initial gas preloads

Pressure-holdup time p = f (t)

(at different pressures)

Pressure

[bar]

Clamping time (h)

Pressure-limiting valvePressuregauge

Accumulator 20 cm3

3/2-way manual seat valve

Open

Coupling

gas

pre

load

61168 6919-2 80* 13 4400

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Gaspreloud

[bar]

Accumulatorvolume[cm3]

4

Nominalsize

7.5

Flowmax.

[l/min.]

G1/4 G1/4

Connectionsinputs outputs

P1+P2 K1 to K4

�g

2006/6

GB


AccumulatorsAccessories


No. 6919S Accumulator

Diagram:

No. 6919S-013

67645

67637

6919S-013

6919S-040

13

40250 80

500

4004 : 1 3 : 1

–20to +60

300

650

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Reservoirvolume

[cm3]

Gas preload

p 0 max.[bar]

Set gas preload

p 0[bar]

max.Permiss.

over-pressure

[bar]

max. Permissibleoperating pres-

sure ratiosp 2 max:p 1 maxisothermal adiabat

Ambienttempe-rature[°C]

�g

Design:– Hydro diaphragm reservoir – Filling gas = nitrogen, class 4.0 – Pressure fluid: hydraulic oil acc. to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2; viscosity ISO VG10 to ISO VG68

acc. DIN 51519 – Thread G1/4A, DIN ISO 228/1 with sealing edge.

Application:– For short-term compensation of oil losses in stand-by operation; – to support during switching procedures in hydraulic circuits; – to compensate for pressure peaks when switching valves; – for compensation of volume changes of closed circuits in case of temperature changes.

Note:The reservoirs are manufactured, checked and marked according the technical rules for pressurecontainers (TRB).

The operating pressures are to be understood as follows:

p 0 [bar] = gas filling pressure (marked on reservoir housing)p 0 min. = 5 bar p 0 max. = 250 bar p oil1 [bar] = lower operating pressure oil partp oil1 min. = ~ 1.1 p 0 p oil2 [bar] = upper operating pressure oil partp oil2 max. = ~ 4 p 0 (isothermal) p oil2 max. = ~ 3 p 0 (adiabatic)

No. 6919S-040

gas

pre

load

Overpressure

Oil v

olu

me [

bar]

Isotherma

Adiabatic

sealed

sealed

The characteristics are only to beconsidered as theoretical limit val-ues. The usable oil volume Voil th =Voil 2 – Voil 1, which can be calcula-ted for a given gas filling pressure p0 from the two pressure operatingpoints p oil 2 and p oil 1, is understoodto be between 5 and 20 % loweraccording to the pressure ratio andthe polytropic exponent.




2006/6

GB

Pallet Decoupler BlockNo. 6919-20 Pallet Decoupler Block

for double acting cylindersmax. operating pressure 400 bar

Design: Manifold made of steel, burnished. Integrated, fixed set pressure relief valve. 4 output ports forcylinders. 2 coupling nipple No. 6919-25S.

Application and Function:The main application for the pallet decoupler block is to maintain hydraulic pressure at fixtureswhich are disconnected from the pressure generator during the machining process. For example on flexible machining centers with pallet changing system.Possible small oil leakage are compensated in a particular pressure range by the attached accu-mulator. Please see technical details of the used accumulator (No. 6919-13 or Npo. 6919-40).During coupling clamping circuit and return drive circuit must be without pressure. This will be en-sured by the use of pump unit No. 6907-32314 and remote switch No. 6907B-5.

Features:Compact design. Pressure gauge and accumulator can be attached at suitable output (A2 – A5).

Operation: Clamping: – Switch remote control No. 6907B-5 to “coupling”

– Engage coupling unit No. 6919-25– Switch remote control No. 6907B-5 to “clamping”,

completed clamping process is sensored.– Switch remote control No. 6907B-5 to “coupling”– Disengage coupling unit No. 6919-25

Declamping: – Switch remote control No. 6907B-5 to “coupling”– Engage coupling unit No. 6919-25– Switch remote control No. 6907B-5 to “unclamping”,

completed declamping process is sensored.

Important Note:The use of an accumulator No. 6919-013/040 is recommended urgently. For visual pressureobservation a pressure gauge No. 6983-1 shall be attached.

Hydraulic circuit:

320002 2572

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

7.5

Flow max.[l/min.]

G1/4

outputsclamp

A2 to A5

G1/4

outputsunclampB2 to B5

�g

A3* An accumulator is recommended

quick coupling

6919-20


2006/6

GB


No. 6919-25 Coupling Unit for PalletDecoupler Blockmax. operating pressure 400 bar

Design: The coupling unit consists out of two coupling mechanism for clamping and unclamping circuit.The coupling elements are mounted to an adapter with handle and disengaging mechanism.

Application:The coupling unit is used to connect the oil supply with the pallet decoupler block No. 6919-20.

Features:Simple handling due two hand operation. Interchanging of connections is impossible.

320028 6919-25 2200

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

7.5

Flow[l/min.]

�g

No. 6919-30 Store Station for Coupling Unit

Design: Safety sensor switch integrated.

Application:The store station is used to keep the coupling unit No. 6919-25 after decoupling from palletdecoupler block.

Feature:If used with your machine control, the signal of the safety sensor switch, can ensure that the fixturepallet cannot be moved before the coupling unit is disconnected and removed correctly from thepallet decoupler block.

Application:The coupling nipple is used in the decoupler block No. 6919-20. The coupling mechanism is usedin coupling unit No. 6919-25. Beside this application both elements can also be used individually.

No. 6919-25M Coupling MechanismNo. 6919-20S Coupling Nipple

320044 6919-30 1837

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

�g

Accumulators

Coupling mechanism

Accessories

320036 6919-25M 210

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Operatingpressure

[bar]

Nominalflow

[l/min.]

Coupling Mechanism

320010 6919-20S 91Coupling Nipple

Design �g

400 7.5

engaging

stroke

2006/6

GB

Hoses and Fittings



Polyamid

Polyester interlace

Steel-wire braid galvanized

No. 6985 High Pressure Hose

No. 6985K High Pressure Hose with steel-wire interlace

No. 6985R High Pressure Hose

17417768510685286853668544

6985- 3006985- 5006985- 8006985-12506985-2000

1040 430 15 6

300500800

12502000

M12×1.5 17

100300405570855

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Operatingpressure

[bar]

Ø D(dia.)[mm]

Ø D1(dia.)[mm]

L

[mm]

Test pressure

[bar]M

SW(AF)[mm]

685516856968577685856859368601

6985K- 3006985K- 5006985K- 8006985K-12506985K-20006985K-3000

370 325 9.5 4.0

300500800

125020003000

M16×

1.519

100300400570850

1200

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Operating pressuredynamic [bar]

at +20°C at +50°C

Ø D(dia.)[mm]

Ø D1(dia.)[mm]

L

[mm]

MSW(AF)[mm]

Bending radius = min. 100 mm

Design: Steel fittings, galvanized and passivated.

Note: This high pressure hose is especially selected for clamping on machine tools. It contains two steel-wire reinforcements which guarantee that there is no loss of oil even if the external rubber isdamaged.

The period of use of a hydraulic hose, including any storage period should not exceed six years. Theserviceability must be assessed to fixed inspection criteria. See DIN 20066, Part 5 for further details.


Design: Steel fittings, galvanized and passivated. Hose of synthetic material with steel-wire braid galvanized.

Note: We recommend to use the 3 m long high pressure hose only for double-acting elements. Suits topipe connections No. 6994.


Mounting advice:Insert hose and tighten with 1/4 turn maximum.

with sealing cone 60°

With sealing cone 24°and O-ring

Synthetic internal rubberTwo interlaced steel-wire reinforcements

Non-abrasive and weather-resistant external rubber

�g

�g

Polyamid

Brassed steel-wire

Polyurethan

631986320663214632226323063248

6985R- 3006985R- 5006985R- 8006985R-12506985R-20006985R-3000

750 375 9.8 4.8 8

300500800

125020003000

6590

120180265380

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Operating pressure dyn.

at + 50°C [bar]

Ø D(dia.)[mm]

Ø D1(dia.)[mm]

Testpressure

[bar]

Ø D2(dia.)[mm]

L

[mm]


Design:Steel fitting, galvanized and passivated. Hose of synthetic material with high tensile brassed steel-wire braid.

Note:We recommend to use the high pressure hose of 3 m long only for double-acting elements.


Mounting advice:Insert hose and tighten with 1/4 turn maximum.

�g

2006/6

GB


Accessories


Coupler Nipple Dummy connector

Engagingstroke

Connections

69013

6902169062

69039

69054

65508

65524

6990-G1/4

6990-G1/4M6990-G1/4M-IG

6990-G1/4S

6990-G1/4BS

6990-G1/4MK

6990-G1/4SK

400

–

–

–

4

–

–

–

7.5

–

–

–

22/24

24

22

–

–

–

Coupling, complete

Coupler w. ext. threadCoupler w. int. thread

Nipple

Dummy connector

AI protection cap for coupler

AI protection cap for nipple

250

190

60

40

21

14

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Operatingpressure

[bar]

Nomi-nalsize

Nominalflow

[l/min.]

Spannerwidth[mm]

Design

No. 6988 ManifoldSteel, burnished

6882568817

6988-G1/4 x46988-G1/4 x6

400 6–

200Y5050

30 G1/446

4802025

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Operatingpressure

[bar]NG A B C R

Oil connections

Coupler

Nipple Nipple

Note:The purpose of the dummy connector is to prevent dirt from entering the coupler. Threaded pin G1/4 × 23.5 for the nipple has to be ordered separately (Order No. 111518).

No. 6988 G1/4x4 No. 6988 G1/4x6

�g

�g

No. 6983-1 GaugeNo. 6983-2 Gauge

Marker ‰ 400 bar

No. 6983-1 No. 6983-2

161414320655320648

168575

6983-16983-1-2506983-1-100

6983-2

600250100

600

bottom

rear

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Connectionmax. Pressure range

[bar]

Design: Complete with glycerin filling, sealing ring of aluminium. Class of accuracy 1.6. Housing No. 6983-1is stainless steel, Housing No. 6983-2 is made of ABS.

Note:For the pipe connection a combination of pipe connections No. 6994-01 and No. 6994-02 can beused.

No. 6990 Quick disconnect couplergalvanized

No. 6990MK/SK AI protection MK/SKfor quick disconnect coupler

No. 6983-2No. 6983-1



2008/6GB

FilterNo. 6981E-xx-G1/4 Filter


Design: Body made of steel, zinc-plated. Filter insert of aluminium. Filter material of pleated metal fibre felt.

Application:The Filters are used as on additional safety in order to protect the hydraulic componants in the oil circuit. The filter can be located direct in pipes, in front of distributors or in fittings. For example: - 10 μm input Intensifier - 25 μm input valves - 40 μm input pump units or hydraulic cylinder.

Note:The smaller the filteration is chosen, as bigger the flow resistance will be. The degree of pollution shall be checked. Due to the design of the housing the exchange of the filter insert is simple. The direction of oil flow has to be considered. Any built in position possible.

Threaded filter set spare parts:


Flow rate-diagram:

Order No.

Article No.

Filteration

g[μm]323626 6981E-10-G1/4 10 540323642 6881E-25-G1/4 25 540323667 6981E-40-G1/4 40 540

Order No.

Description Filteration

[μm]323683 Filter insert 10323709 Filter insert 25323725 Filter insert 40

OFF

ON


2006/6

GB 1)

FittingsHose fittingsmax. operating pressure 400 bar

Sealing: Acc. DIN 3852 form D by meansof sealing ring DIN 7603 Form Aand 60° sealing cone

* With integrated rubber sealing

No. 6993-M 12x1.5Double connector, galvanized

No. 6993Male/male adaptor, galvanized

No. 6996Adaptor, galvanized

Example of assemble:

1) Pump Unit no. 69072) Nipple no. 6990-G1/4S3) Sealingring DIN 7603A4) Threaded Nipple no. 69935) High Pressure Hose no. 69856) Hollow Cylinder no. 69207) Coupler no. 6990-G1/4M

No. 6997Reducer, galvanized

DIN 908Screw plug, galvanized

DIN 7603 Form ASealing ring, Cu

3)

3)

4)

4)

4)

3)

7)

3)

2)

6)

5)

3)

No. 6995 Elbow coupling, galvanized


Accessories

6930269328

69344

696096962569641

160093

153288

69666

6939369419

176701179952

69518

6981569823

6993-M12x1.5-G1/86993-M12x1.5-G1/4

6993-M12x1.5

6996-G1/4-M12x1.56996-G1/4-G1/86996-G1/4-G1/4-356996-G1/4-G1/4-59

6996-M16/M12x1.5

6997-G1/4-1/4NPT

908-G1/8908-G1/4908-G3/8*908-M16x1.5*

6995-M12x1.5

7603-Form A-G1/87603-Form A-G1/4

G1/8G1/4

G1/4G1/4G1/4G1/4

M16×1.5

G1/8G1/4G3/8

M16×1.5

––

2430

26313559

41

8121212

1,51.5

812

128

1212

11

3355

––

––

12171713

11

––––

––

––

M12×1.5G1/8G1/4G1/4

M12×1.5

––––

––

––

4344

4

14182422

13.518,5

1419

19191919

22

5688

––

––

––––

–

––––

10,513.5

1530

15

303844

100

85

38

6132224

34

0.51,5

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

R L L1 E M D SW D1

Dimensions see drawing below



�g


Fittings2006/6

GB

No. 6994-01Male stud coupling

No. 6994 Tube fittings,heavy-dutyfor steel tubes dia 8 x 2 mm,with cutting ring, max. operating pressure 630 bar

160184160192

160358170266

175323

160366160200170258170308170316

112714112961116418

131631

122903

6994-016994-02

6994-036994-04

6994-05

6994-066994-076994-086994-096994-10

6994-11*6994-12*6994-13*

6994-14

6994-30

34.534.5

–

–32.532.5

1212

12

888

G1/4G1/4

G1/4

G1/8G1/8G1/8

5060

125150

55

110125155150120

55125150

130

600

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

A L R

Hydraulic pipe, length 2.0 m




* max. operating pressure 400 bar; max. permissible torque M = 40 Nm

Sealing:According to DIN 3852 Form B by means of sealing edge or sealing edge ring and cutting ring. Attention: Do not use teflon tape!

Note for No. 6994-30:Seamless hydraulic tube, phosphatized and oiled, diameter 8×2 mm, made of steel 35.4, accordingto DIN 2391 C normalized, annealled seamless cold-drawn. For clamping elements with operatingpressure of 500 bar this tube quality is be recommended only.

No. 6994-02Connector

No. 6994-03 and -12 Swivel banjo coupling

No. 6994-04 and -13T-swivel coupling

No. 6994-05 and -11Tube male stud coupling

No. 6994-06Egnal elbow coupling

No. 6994-07Swivel stud elbow

No. 6994-08T-coupling

No. 6994-09Egnal cross

No. 6994-10Swivel branch tee

No. 6994-14Straight coupling

�g



2006/6

GB


Accessories

FittingsNo. 6994 Tube fittings,

light-dutyfor steel tubes dia 6 x 3 mm,with cutting ring, max. operating pressure 315 bar

320689

320705320721

320747

320762320788320804

320820

320846

320861

6994-010

6994-0306994-040

6994-050

6994-0606994-0806994-090

6994-140

6994-150

6994-25

21

–

8

8

G 1/8

G 1/8

25

7485

25

517177

67

42

335

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

A L R




Hydraulic pipe, length 2.0 m


Sealing:According to DIN 3852 Form B by means of sealing edge or sealing edge ring and cutting ring. Attention: Do not use teflon tape!

Note for No. 6994-25:Seamless hydraulic tube, phosphatized and oiled, diameter 6×1.5 mm, made of steel 37.4,according to DIN 2391 C normalized, annealled seamless cold-drawn. For clamping elements withoperating pressure of 315 bar this tube quality is be recommended only.

No. 6994-030 Swivel banjo coupling

No. 6994-040T-swivel coupling

No. 6994-050Tube male stud coupling

No. 6994-060 Egnal elbow coupling

No. 6994-080 T-coupling

No. 6994-090 Egnal cross

No. 6994-150Adapter

No. 6994-140Straight coupling

�g

No. 6994-010Male stud coupling

NEW!


2006/6

GB

6401464022

6403064048

6405564063

64071

6940-M 56940-M 6

6940-M 86940-M10

6940-M126940-M16

6940-M20

M 5×10M 6×12

M 8×16M10×20

M12×30M16×40

M20×50

3.54.5

5.36.4

7.510.5

12.5

2530

4050

6075

100

810

1317

1924

30

2.44.3

9.921.3

36.485.8

168

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

KD×L R SW

7774377750

7110DM-12xM1216xM16

M12×30M16×40

16–2820–38

1924

50100

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

G×L H SW

866378665286223

7110DF-12xM1216xM1620xM20

M12×12M16×16M20×20

182735

203050

10.520.534.5

172741

43149520

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

G×L H Ø I Ø K SW

774467745376059

7110DK-12xM1216xM1620xM20

M12×12M16×16M20×20

182735

203050

10.520.534.5

172741

43149520

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

G×L H Ø I Ø K SW

8789087916

8785887874

83931

7110DH-

7110DH-

7110DH-

08xM 810xM10

12xM1216xM16

20xM20

M 8×25M10×30

M12×35M16×40

M20×50

11.615.7

15.720.7

27.3

5.58.6

8.610.5

20.5

1317

1724

30

1317

1924

30

2555

55115

230

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

G×L H Ø K SW1 SW2

8790887924

8786687882

83949

7110DI-

7110DI-

7110DI-

08xM 810xM10

12xM1216xM16

20xM20

M 8×25M10×30

M12×35M16×40

M20×50

11.615.7

15.720.7

27.3

5.58.6

8.610.5

20.5

1317

1724

30

1317

1924

30

2555

55115

230

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

G×L H Ø K SW1 SW2

ISO4035

�g

�g

�g

�g

�g

�g

No. 6940 Set screw, ball-shapedStrength class 10.9

No. 7110DM- ×M Set screw ball-shapedbrass, with steel nut

No. 7110DF- ×M Self-aligning padwith flat-faced ball, ribbed

No. 7110DK- ×M Self-aligning padwith flat-faced ball, plain

No. 7110DI- ×M Self-aligning padwith flat-faced ball, plain, adjustable

No. 7110DH- ×M Self-aligning padwith flat-faced ball, ribbed, adjustable

** **

** **

** **

** **

** **

2006/6

GB

Power Generators


Tool and Die Clamping

Pump Unit Remote control switch Clamping Barpages 150–154 page 155 pages 157–159

Spacer Bar Clamping Head Clamping Pistonpages 160 –162 pages 164 –166 page 166

Clamping Stud Holder Clamping Piston Clamping Studpage 170 page 171 page 171


2006/6

GB



1)

2)

3)

Our system:

– Clamping bars – permanently mounted – for tableand ram to clamp dies with standardized clampingedge height and die pallet size (Fig. 4, page 133).

– Clamping heads – movable in T-slots – to holdtools and dies on table and ram (Fig. 5, page 133).

– Hydraulic clamping devices at the ram to clampdies equiped with a clamping stud (Fig. 6, page 133,Fig. 1).

– Pallets for tools and dies (on request)● Permanently-assigned pallets for each die● Interchangeable pallets, i.e. one pallet is used for

several dies.

– Pump unit with 4 or 5 seperate clamping circuits.

Safety provisions for hydraulic clamping systems

The pump unit has 4 or 5 separate clamping circuitsand additional pressure switches (DS) in all circuits.There is also a built-in oil level switch (S7) to monitorthe oil level (Fig. 2). The pressure switch and oil-levelswitch must be connected in series at a terminal box,and then to the pump unit control system terminalblock. Using the 13-pin connector of the pump unitcontrol system, operation and safety functions can beintegrated with the machine control system. The pres-sure is automatically switched off if a pressure dropoccurs in one or more clamping circuits or in case oflow oil level.

Hydraulic pressure is supplied to the hydraulic clamp-ing elements on table and ram by two independent,diagonal pressure circuits (Fig. 3).

2006/6

GB


Power Generators


Tool and Die ClampingAMF “Hydraulic Tool and Die Clamping Systemfor Presses” reduces set-up time on the press to theabsolute minimum. The system is suit-able for newpresses but to retrofit existing presses, too, conside-ring also other influences like e.g. transportation, stor-age and frequency of changes.

In the non chip forming industry there is demand forsmaller batch sizes. In order to maintain efficient pro-duction, both production time and auxiliary time haveto be minimized. In many cases presses operate already up to their maximum capacity. Therefore, theminimisation of set-up time has become priority.

Change-over to a new product causes down time ofpresses e.g.:

– Removal of old die

– Loading of new die

– Adjustment of the press

Today, set-up time for presses is reduced to a mini-mum by CNC controls.

Therefore, the optimisation of die-changing-time is thechallenge. And this is where we can help you.

AMF “Hydraulic Tool and Die Clamping Systemfor Presses”

– Guarantees reliability; die-changing, transportationand clamping are carried out in accordance withstringent specifications.

– The system can be fitted to many different types ofpresses.

– A solution to retrofit existing and to equip new pres-ses.

– Set-up time is considerably reduced.

– Storage of tools and dies optimized.

– Removal of dies from the die-storage transportationloading into the press is made more efficiently, saferand simpler for the user.

– The system can be fitted to any press quickly.

– …is equally suitable for dies required frequently andthose required only seldom.

4)

5)

6)


2006/6

GB


Hydraulic Pump UnitNo. 6907-34914 Pump Unit

with 4 separate clampingcircuitsmax. operating pressure 400 bar 61853 6907-34914 4 2.5 4 x 3/2+DS

single acting

Remote control

46

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Clamp-ing

circuits

For pressure-free coupling

[l/min.]

Type of valves

Hydraulicsystem

Mode of operation


Application: The pump unit is designed to operate hydraulic clamping systems.

Features: Radial piston pump powered by standard three phase motor with thermal overload protection bymeans of thermo switches. Each circuit is equiped with a pressure switch (DS) for external pres-sure control. Pressure setting with pressure switch (DS) and pressure relief valve. To ensure a prop-er function, the pressure at the pressure relief valve has to be approx. 40 bar above the pressureof the pressure switch. In case of a pressure drop, the pump unit cuts in to maintain the preadjus-ted pressure. Operating pressure is indicated by a control light. The pump unit operates in a switchoff function.

Note:To ensure safe hydraulic die-clamping, clamping at ram and table is carried out in each case bymeans of a separate clamping circuit. The four pressure switches (DS1-DS4) are used to provideexternal pressure monitoring of the four clamping circuits. The machine is automatically switchedoff if pressure drops in one clamping circuit. The machine is also automatically switched off, if theoil level becomes too low.The electrical connection of this safety device to the electrical control of the press, has to be madeby the customer.

Hydraulic circuit diagram:

�kg

Socket for remote control box

Main switch

Operating

function

Hydr. c

onnection

Pre

ssure

gauge

Pre

ssure

relief valv

e

Pre

ssure

sw

itch

3/2

Seat valv

e

Name plate

Terminal

boxOil outlet

Oil level

2006/6

GB


Power Generators


Hydraulic Pump Unit

Description of circuit diagram for pump unit with 4 clamping circuits and remote control

F1/F2/ Glass-bodyF3/F4 fuse

F5 Winding-protectioncontact in M1

H10 LED, red“CHECK OIL LEVEL”

H11 LED, green“READY”

K10 Contactor forPump motor


K1 Relay

S1/H1– Illuminated push-buttonS4/H4 “CLAMP/RELEASE”

circuit 1–4

S7 Float switch(open = dry resp. at rest;closed = with oilresp. in operation)

Q1 On/Off switch

P1 Pressure switch

T1 Transformer

V10 Diode


X0 Socket forremote control, 13 poles

Y1–Y4 Solenoid valve

( ) No’s of leads


No. 6907 Pump Unit

Hydraulic specifications:Max. operating pressureMin. operating pressureTotal oil volumeUsable oil volumeFlow rateType of valves

Hydraulic connectionNoise levelAmbient temperatureOperating positionType of pumpLoad cyclesPressure fluid


400 bar40 bar

approx. 4.5 lapprox. 2.4 l2.5 I/min.Four 3/2 seat valves and 4 pressureswitches for external pressure monitoringG1/4max. 70 dBA–10° C to + 35° CverticalRadial piston pump with 3 pistonsmax. 500/hHydraulic oil HL (DIN 51524 Part 1)

or HLP (DIN 51524 Part 2)HLP 22 or HLP 32HLP 22 ISO VG 22 DIN 51519HLP 32 ISO VG 32 DIN 51519

Electrical specifications:Operating voltageControl voltageValve voltageMotor speedDirection of rotationMotor power ratingPump motorRated currentFuse at power inputFuse for control circuitElectrical connection

Code classDuty cycleMode of controlOil level control

400 V/50 Hz, 3-phase24 V DC24 V DC2900 r.p.m.any1.1 kWStandard three-phase A.C. motor3 A16 A slow1 A primary, 4 A secondaryCable (oil flex) 5×1.5 mm2, 3 m long and CEE plug 16A 6hIP 54 max. 50% intermittent operationMultiple pin connection socket for remote controlFloat switch

“Check o

il level”

“Ready”

Control panel


2006/6

GB


Hydraulic Pump UnitNo. 6907-35914 Pump Unit

with 5 separate clampingcircuitsmax. operating pressure 400 bar 258996 6907-35914 5 2.5

4 x 3/2+DS1 x 3/2+SV+DS

single acting

remote control

50

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Clamp-ing

circuits

For pres-sure-freecoupling

Type of valves

Hydraulicsystem

Mode of operation


Application: The pump unit is designed to operate hydraulic clamping systems. Clamping circuits 1 to 4 are fortool clamping, circuit 5 is for raising the hydraulic ball-roller strip.

Features: Radial piston pump powered by standard three phase motor with thermal overload protection bymeans of thermo switches. Each circuit is equiped with a pressure switch (DS) for external pres-sure control. Pressure setting with pressure switch (DS) and pressure relief valve. In the 5th circuit,there are a 3/2-way valve, normally open, a pressure-limiting valve, and a pressure switch. Toensure a proper function, the pressure at the pressure relief valve has to be approx. 40 bar abovethe pressure of the pressure switch. In case of a pressure drop, the pump unit cuts in to maintainthe preadjusted pressure. Operating pressure is indicated by a control light. The pump unit operatesin a switch off function.

Note:To ensure safe hydraulic die-clamping, clamping at ram and table is carried out in each case bymeans of a separate clamping circuit. The four pressure switches (DS1-DS4) are used to provideexternal pressure monitoring of the four clamping circuits. The machine is automatically switchedoff if pressure drops in one clamping circuit. The machine is also automatically switched off, if theoil level becomes too low.The electrical connection of this safety device to the electrical control of the press, has to be madeby the customer.

�kg

Hydraulic circuit diagram:

Socket for remote control box

Main switch

Operating

function

Hydr. c

onnection

Pre

ssure

gauge

Pre

ssure

relief valv

e

Pre

ssure

sw

itch

3/2

Seat valv

e

Name plate

Terminal

boxOil outlet

Oil level

400 bar40 bar

approx. 4.5 lapprox. 2.4 l2.5 I/min.

3/2-way valve, with pressure switch(external for clamping-pressure monitoring).

1x3/2-way valve, normally open, pressure-limiting valve, pressure-reduction valve (DBV)and pressure switch (DS) for operating thehydraulic ball-roller strip.G1/4max. 70 dBA–10° C to + 35° CverticalRadial piston pump with 3 pistonsmax. 500/hHydraulic oil HL (DIN 51524 Part 1)

or HLP (DIN 51524 Part 2)HLP 22 or HLP 32HLP 22 ISO VG 22 DIN 51519HLP 32 ISO VG 32 DIN 51519

Description of circuit diagram for pump unit with 5 clamping circuits and remote control

F1/F2/ Glass-bodyF3/F4 fuse

F5 Winding-protectioncontact in M1

H10 LED, red“CHECK OIL LEVEL”

H11 LED, green“READY”

K10 Contactor forPump motor


K1 Relay

S1/H1– Illuminated push-buttonS4/H4 “CLAMP/RELEASE”

circuit 1–4

S7 Float switch(open = dry resp. at rest;closed = with oilresp. in operation)

Q1 On/Off switch

P1 Pressure switch

T1 Transformer

V10 Diode


X0 Socket forremote control, 13 poles

Y1–Y4 Solenoid valve

( ) No’s of leads


No. 6907 Pump Unit

Hydraulic specifications:Max. operating pressureMin. operating pressureTotal oil volumeUsable oil volumeFlow rateValve types, clamping circuits 1–4:

Valve type,clamping circuit 5:

Hydraulic connectionNoise levelAmbient temperatureOperating positionType of pumpLoad cyclesPressure fluid


Electrical specifications:Operating voltageControl voltageValve voltageMotor speedDirection of rotationMotor power ratingPump motorRated currentFuse at power inputFuse for control circuitElectrical connection

Code classDuty cycleMode of controlOil level control

400 V/50 Hz, 3-phase24 V DC24 V DC2900 r.p.m.any1.1 kWStandard three-phase A.C. motor3 A16 A slow1 A primary, 4 A secondaryCable (oil flex) 5×1.5 mm2, 3 m long and CEE plug 16A 6hIP 54 max. 50% intermittent operationMultiple pin connection socket for remote controlFloat switch

2006/6

GB


Power Generators


Hydraulic Pump Unit

Control panel 6907 B

-4-4

2006/6

GB

Application ExampleElectric circuit diagram for4 clamping circuits

Electric circuit diagram for5 clamping circuits

Condition: 1. to 4. clamping circuit =solenoid seat valve deenergized inclamping position.

Condition: 1. to 4. clamping circuit =solenoid seat valve deenergized inclamping position.5. circuit =solenoid seat valve deenergized for unclamping.

Note:After a power supply interruption the pump unit must not start-up automatically. This however does not apply to applications where automatic start-up would notcause danger for the operator, machine or may damage the workpiece (see VDE 0113.5.3 – instructions: “Safety in cases of voltage loss or pump unit breakdown”).

Important note:The user may integrate the external function of the pump pressure switches via the terminal box into the control line of the machine. Please note that the controlcircuit must be connected to the machine control system in accordance with safety regulations!

max.

operating

pressure

40 bar

Pump unit with

4 clamping circuits

for die-clamping

on machine table

and ram.

Special design:

pump unit with

5 clamping circuits for

die-clamping on

machine tables and

rams as well as

additional circuit

for T-slot rollers.

Relay forfloat switch

Relay forfloat switch



2006/6

GB


Power Generators

Accessories for Hydraulic Pump UnitNo. 6907B-4-4 Remote control switch

for 4 clamping circuits

No. 6907B-4-5 Remote Control switchwith safety coverlockable

No. 6907BS-1-1 Coupling Plug,13-polewithout screw plug orbridging contact

61663 6907B-4-4 24 V = 2300

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Control voltage

13

Number of pins

160 x 75 x 75

HousingdimensionsL x W x H

Design:Compact polyester box with illuminated push buttons and 5 m cable, 13-pole coupling plug (codeclass IP 65) and magnetic base.

Application:For pump unit No. 6907-34914

Design:GRP with threaded locking, robust design, IP 65.

Note: For connection directly to the machine control system. For special unit No. 6907-***** with 13-pinsocket.

126326 6907BS-1-1 24 V = 13 40

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Control voltage Number of pins

�g

60392 6907B-4-5 24 V = 2500

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Control voltage

13

Number of pins

160 x 75 x 75


Design: Compact polyester box with illuminated, labelled push buttons and 5 m cable, 13-pole couplingplug (code class IP 65). Magnetic base and safety cover with lock.

Application:For pump unit No. 6907-34914

�g

253823 6907B-6-4 24 V = 1910

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Control voltage

13

Number of pins

230 x 75 x 75


Design: Compact polyester housing, illuminated push-buttons with detents and label holders for clampingcircuits 1 to 4. Push-buttons for clamping (green) and releasing (red) without detent for circuit 5.Connection cable 5 m long with 13-pin connector, IP 65.

Application: For pump unit No. 6907-35914 Order No. 258996.

Note: Clamping circuits 1 to 4 are for operating hydraulic clamping elements, circuit 5 is for raising thehydraulic ball-roller strip. The controls are so arranged that unintentional operation of one of theclamping circuits automatically retracts the hydraulic ball-rollers.

�g

No. 6907B-6-4 Remote control switchfor 5 clamping circuits

�g



2006/6

GB



2006/6

GB


Clamping Bars


No. 6945-22-20-1x3 Clamping Barsingle acting,with spring return max. operating pressure 400 bar1 clamping circuit

Design: Body made of tempering steel, phosphated. Piston case-hardened and ground, built-in returnspring, with stroke limitation.

Application:For quick clamping and unclamping on press table or ram. Suitable for workpieces with uniformclamping rim. The clamping bar is bolted with a spacer bar directly onto the press table or ram.

Suitable spacer bars:

No. 6945-22-04 No. 6945-22-06 No. 6945-22-07 No. 6945-22-08

Sectional drawing: Clamping Bar No. 6945-22-20-1×3with interchangeable clampingpistons.

Clamping Bar

StrokeStroke

61085 6945-22-20-1x3 60 6 8.7 3000

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Clamping forceat 400 bar

[kN]

Stroke

[mm]

Oilvolume total

[cm3]

120

Spring force,min. per piston

[N]

�g

Special sizes available on request.

2006/6

GB

Clamping BarNo. 6945-22-20-2x3 Clamping BarNo. 6945-22-20-1x6 Clamping Bar

single acting,with spring return max. operating pressure 400 bar

Suitable spacer bar:

No. 6945-22-07


Application:For quick clamping and unclamping on press table or ram. Suitable for workpieces with uniformclamping rim. The clamping bar is bolted with a spacer bar directly onto the press table or press ram.

No. 6945-22-20-2×3

No. 6945-22-20-2x3

No. 6945-22-20-1×6

No. 6945-22-20-1x6


Stroke


61689

61630

6945-22-20-2x3

6945-22-20-1x6

2×60

1206 17.4 6000

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.


[kN]

Stroke

[mm]

Oilvolume total

[cm3]

�g

120


[N]


2006/6

GB

Clamping Bars

No. 6945-22-20-2x4 Clamping BarNo. 6945-22-20-1x8 Clamping Bar

single acting,with spring return max. operating pressure 400 bar


Application:For quick clamping and unclamping on press table or ram. Suitable for workpieces with uniformclamping rim. The clamping bar is bolted with a spacer bar directly onto the press table or press ram.

Note:Special sizes available on request.

No. 6945-22-20-2×4

No. 6945-22-20-2x4

No. 6945-22-20-1×8

No. 6945-22-20-1x8

Clamping Bar

Stroke



61622

61697

6945-22-20-2x4

6945-22-20-1x8

2× 80

1606 23.2 6000

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.


[kN]

Stroke

[mm]

Oilvolume total

[cm3]

�g

120


[N]


Suitable spacer bars:

No. 6945-22-06 No. 6945-22-08


2006/6

GB


Spacer Bar

No. 6945-22-04 Spacer Bar

61101 6945-22-04 425 × 50 × 44.5 7300

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Length × Width × Height


Design:Tempering steel, phosphated. Tolerance of distance between holes ±0.2.

Application: Spacer and guide bar for a clamping-rim or tool-pallet height of 30 mm.

Note:For clamping bar: No. 6945-22-20-1×3.

�g

1) Machine table2) Spacer bar

No. 6945-22-043) Clamping bar

No. 6945-22-20-1×34) Insertion guide, front

No. 6945-22-025) Rear stop

No. 6945-22-03

2006/6

GB


Clamping Bars


Spacer Bar

61408 6945-22-06 167× 50 × 44.5 2670

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.


61705 6945-22-07 325 × 50 × 44.5 5800

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.




Design:Tempering steel, phosphated. Tolerance of distance between holes ±0.2.


Note:For clamping bars:— No. 6945-22-20-1×3— No. 6945-22-20-2×4— No. 6945-22-20-1×8



Design: Tempering steel, phosphated. Tolerance of distance between holes ±0.2.


Note:For clamping bars:— No. 6945-22-20-1×3 — No. 6945-22-20-2×3 — No. 6945-22-20-1×6

�g

�g


2006/6

GB


Spacer Bar, Accessories

61713 6945-22-08 407 × 50 × 64 10500

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Length × Width × HeightNo. 6945-22-08 Spacer Bar


Design: Tempering steel, phosphated. Tolerance of distance between holes ±0.2.

Application:Spacer and guide bar for a clamping-rim or tool-pallet height of 50 mm.

Note:For clamping bars:— No. 6945-22-20-1×3 — No. 6945-22-20-2×4 — No. 6945-22-20-1×8

�g

61077 6945-22-02 300

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

No. 6945-22-02 Front Insertion guide

Design: Tempering steel, burnished and hardened. Mounting bolts supplied.

Application:For safe guidance of die pallet into press. This guide protects the clamping pistons in the clamp-ing bar.

61093 6945-22-03 250

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

No. 6945-22-03 Rear Stop

Design: Tempering steel, burnished and hardened. Mounting bolts supplied.

Application:Stop for die pallet in the press.

�g

�g

2006/6

GB


Clamping Elem

entsm

ovable/adjustable


Application Example


2006/6

GB

Clamping HeadNo. 6945-11- Clamping Head,

complete with basesingle acting,with spring return max. operating pressure 400 bar

**

No. 6945-11- Holder for ClampingHead

***

Design: Body made of tempering steel, burnished. Piston case-hardened and ground. Built-in return spring,complete with locating pin.

Application:The clamping head is used to clamp press tools on the press table and ram. The unit is insertedinto the T-slot and moved above the clamping spot at the tool to be clamped. The clamping headsof size 20 - 63 kN are suitable for a clamping height of 29 mm. Size 94 kN suits a clamping heightof 50 mm. To adjust other clamping heights, spacer plates of 10 mm and 20 mm are available.

Features: Small dimensions. The hydraulic oil supply can be connected to any of the three sides.

Important note for installation: If a clamping head is retrofitted with an spacer plate, the locating pin must be removed from thelower part of clamping head. T-Slot dimension ”F“ has to be considered urgently.

Dimensions:

6945-11-20×14×306945-11-20×18×30

6945-11-32×18×306945-11-32×22×30

6945-11-63×22×306945-11-63×28×30

6945-11-94×28×50

ArticleNo.

1418

1822

2228

28

50

60

70

90

B

40

50

60

80×70

C

41.0

53.0

63.0

79.5

D

1520

2025

2530

34

F

6

8

10

12

H

95102

114123

133142

187.5

K

80

100

120

150

L

40

50

60

80

M

31

31

31

55

W

110700

110692

255687

255752

6945-11-006

6945-11-005

6945-11-003

6945-11-004

16

20

24

30

14

18

22

28

6945-11-**x14x**

6945-11-**x18x**

6945-11-**x22x**

6945-11-**x28x**

1600

1550

2120

2090

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

A

[mm]

ForT-Slot

ForClamping Head �

g

Design: Steel, blued.

Application:For parking clamp head No. 6945-11-**-** during tool changing.

Note: Untoleranced dimensions are to DIN ISO 2768 medium. Special versions available on request.

Dimensions:

6945-11-006

6945-11-005

6945-11-003

6945-11-004

80

90

80

90

25

31

40

50

60

70

35

40

50

60

12

16

20

25

ArticleNo.

B C D E F G

Clamping screw

Level of table

6118461416

6119261424

6120061432

64006

6945-11-20×14×306945-11-20×18×30

6945-11-32×18×306945-11-32×22×30

6945-11-63×22×306945-11-63×28×30

6945-11-94×28×50

20

32

63

94

6

8

10

12

2.9

6.4

16.5

28.5

14711581

28553095

46605080

10380

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.


[kN]

StrokeH

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

120

260

580

920

Spring force min. [N]

�g


2006/6

GB


Clamping Elem

entsm

ovable/adjustable



Design: Body made of tempering steel, burnished. Piston case-hardened and ground. Built-in return spring.

Application: For the use in special designed tool clamping devices. The upper part of the clamping head canbe screwed on direct on clamping devices.

Dimensions:

6945-11-206945-11-326945-11-636945-11-94

22263847

ArticleNo.

Ø B C Ø D E F G K L M N P

40506070

25324555

27344150

26323855

10131515

41.053.063.079.5

80100120150

40506080

24283446

30414862

No. 6945-11- Clamping Headsingle acting,with spring return max. operating pressure 400 bar

**

6122661440

6124261457

6028561465

60475

6945-11-20×146945-11-20×18

6945-11-32×186945-11-32×22

6945-11-63×226945-11-63×28

6945-11-94×28

1418

1822

2228

28

25

2530

3037

36

680790

12301470

19602380

4750

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

H[mm]

6945-11-20×146945-11-20×18

6945-11-32×186945-11-32×22

6945-11-63×226945-11-63×28

6945-11-94×28

ArticleNo.

2228

2835

3544

44

B

810

1014

1418

19

M 8

M10

M10

M10

26

32

38

55

M10

M12

M16

M20

65.572.5

73.582.5

85.594.5

125.5

70

90

110

140

40

50

60

80

24

28

34

46

1824

2432

3240

47

32.7

40.4

48.3

69.5

C D F G K L YM N P U


Design: Body made of tempering steel, burnished. Complete with locating pin.

Dimensions:

No. 6945-11- Base for Clamping Head** �g

Clamping Head

Dimensions for T-slots in accordance with DIN 650:

14H8

18H8

22H8

28H8

12

16

20

26

19

24

29

36

*F

min. max.

23+2

30+2

37+3

46+4

P

9+2

12+2

16+2

20+2

R

23

30

38

48

28

36

45

56

S

min. max.

1.6

1.6

1.6

1.6

T

max.

* Please check this dimension on your machine.

61218612346032763990

6945-11-206945-11-326945-11-636945-11-94

20326394

68

1012

2.96.4

16.528.5

M 10×35-10.9M 12×45-10.9M 16×50- 8.8M 20×70-12.9

120260580920

790162527005600

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.


[kN]

StrokeH

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

ISO 4762per size2 pieces

Springforce

min. [N]

65120200670

TorqueMd max.

[Nm]

�g


2006/6

GB


Accessories

6125961267

6127561283

6129161309

63503

6945-11-20-08-106945-11-20-08-20

6945-11-32-08-106945-11-32-08-20

6945-11-63-08-106945-11-63-08-20

6945-11-94-08-20

M10×45M10×50

M12×50M12×60

M16×60M16×70

M20×85

26

32

38

55

11

13

17

21

1020

1020

1020

20

40

50

60

80

24

28

34

46

32.7

40.4

48.3

69

190300

290485

500770

1500

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

ISO 4762per size2 pieces

F Ø G K M N U

No. 6945-11- -10 Clamping Piston,complete

**


Design: Tempering steel, burnished, with locating pin and two mounting bolts ISO 4762.

Application: The adapter plate is fitted between of the clamping head and it’s base in order to obtain a differentclamping height.

61473614816149964089

6945-11-20-106945-11-32-106945-11-63-106945-11-94-10

20326394

68

1012

2.96.4

16.528.5

220400730

1200

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.


[kN]

Stroke

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

Design:Tempering steel, piston case-hardened and ground. Cover burnished.

Features:Complete with seals, return spring and cover.

Application:For simple retrofitting into existing fixture body. Suitable for clamping bar No. 6945-22-20-** andclamping head No. 6945-11-**.

Dimensions:

6945-11-20-10

6945-11-32-10

6945-11-63-10

6945-11-94-10

25.5

32.5

45.5

55.5

ArticleNo.

Ø A

13

16

21

28.5

B ± 0.1

40

50

60

70

C

25 +0.033

32 +0.039

45 +0.039

55 +0.046

Ø D1

25-0.020-0.041

32-0.025-0.050

45-0.025-0.050

55-0.03-0.06

Ø D2

26

33

39

49

E

Mountingdimensions:

�g

�g

Oil supply

M x Depth

No. 6945-11- Adaptor Plate**

6945-11-20-106945-11-32-106945-11-63-106945-11-94-10

04070913

ArticleNo.

F

14152025.5

G

10253679

Md

[Nm]

26333949

K

11121517.5

P

M 6×12- 8.8M 8×20- 8.8M 8×20-10.9M10×25-12.9

M × T

10202023

Depth

40506080

V

13162123

W

2006/6

GB


Clamping Elem

entsm

ovable/adjustable


No. 6954 Swivel Clamping Strap,hydraulic clamping,mechanic unclampingsingle acting,with spring returnmax. operating pressure 250 bar

Swivel Clamping Strap

* Max. clamping force at 400 bar working pressure.Further sizes, specially made bases for bigger clamping heights and other T-slot sizes on request.

Design: Clamp (with swivel lock), clamping bolt and sleeve tempered and burnished. Body and bottom oftempering steel, burnished. Piston and piston rod case-hardened an ground. Wiper, venting screwand sinter metal breather. Long piston guiding and Teflon guide ring at piston.

Application:For the most common tool plate heights from 40 to 80 mm.

Features: Large clamping range (40 to 80 mm clamping height). Quick adjustment by one screw. Swivelclamping strap can be inserted into T-slot of machine table and tightened. Loading and unloadingof workpiece from above after clamping strap has been swivelled sidewise by hand.

Note:For single acting cylinders there is risk of sucking in coolant during return stroke. Inthis case the cylinders have to be protected against the direct effect of coolant. Thebuilt in sinter metal breather should be protected.


Size

14-22

Size

50N28

6541765433654586547465490

9613

6954-146954-166954-186954-206954-22

6954-50N28

141618202228

40–80

30–55 0–8 63* 59* 56* 40 13.8 3320

0–5 30 26 24 32 4.8 3320

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Clamp.stroke[mm]

Clamp.height[mm]

Clamping forceat 250 bar [kN]

below centre top

Pistondia.

[mm]

Vol.

[cm3]

470

150

Springforce

min[N]

�g

In order to enable us to offer you the right Tool and Die Clamping System for your Presses, we ask you to pro-vide us with the appropriate data in the list below. We will contact you as soon as possible.

This page is intended for use as an original for photocopying; please do not remove from the catalogue:

Company/Address:

Name/Tel.:

Department:

Press:

1. Manufacturer ormodel

2. Capacity

3. Max. stroke

Press table:

7. Table size (width× depth)

8. Table thickness

9. Table aperture (if existing)

10. Number of T-slots (table)

11. Distance between T-slots (table)

12. Size of T-slots (table)

Ram:

13. Ram size (width× depth)

14. Number of T-slots (ram)

15. Distance between T-slots (ram)

16. Size of T-slots (ram)

17. Diameter of existingclamping stud

Tool/die:

18. Max. weight of upper tool/die

19. Max. weight of bottom tool/die

20. Thickness of tool/die-baseplates(top/bottom)

21. Minimum and maximumdimensions of tool/die (Width× Height×Depth)

22. Important notes

2006/6

GB

Tool and Die Clamping for Presses

4. Max. stroke rate

5. Closing height

6. Separating force

A = F = P = R = S =

A = F = P = R = S =



2006/6

GB

Clamping Elem

entsfor Ram

Application Examples



Clamping Stud Holder2006/6

GB


No. 6945-28-*** Clamping Stud Holder,

hydraulic

for direct attachment to ram

Special versions available on request.

Design: Tempered steel body. External, vertical surfaces painted yellow. Complete with two clamping pistonsNo. 6945-15-10 and cover plates.

Application:Clamping stud No. 6945-02-04-***, which is screwed into the tool, is gripped hydraulically when ithas entered the opening in the clamping-pin chuck.

Dimensions:

Also availableseparately as kit

(No. 6945-15-10)

6945-28-0076945-28-010

360

ArticleNo.

A

270360

B

135180

C

4050

D+0.1/+0.3

78

E

M24x1.5M30x2,0

M

G1/4

96 kN; Stroke=21

Dia.

1) Special dimensions available on request.

6163061390

6945-28-0076945-28-010

4050

12005494

230400

4766

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Clampingstud Ø[mm]

Spring forcemin. [N]

Pull Force[bar]

Pull Forcecyl. [kN]

�kg

2006/6

GB


Clamping Elem

entsfor Ram

Greased with Molykote 100S

Or OKS 111 molykote sprayUpper press section

Torque Md=50 Nm

Spring area-36.5 Stroke=21

Clamping Piston, Clamping Stud


61382 6945-15-10 1700

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

No. 6945-15-10 Clamping Pistonfor stud clampingmax. operating pressure 400 bar

No. 6945-02-04 Clamping Stud

Design: Piston made of steel, tempered and burnished. Cover made of tempering steel. Complete with discsprings, O-rings, support rings, dowel pin and mounting screws ISO 4762.

Application: This clamping piston can be retrofitted to your original ram plate.

Note:The use of clamping stud No. 6945-02-04-009 in combination with clamping piston set No. 6945-15-10 is restricted to a maximum operating pressure of 230 bar.

Mounting dimensions:

�g

6167161150

6945-02-04-0096945-02-04

2232

4050

M24×1.5M30×2.5

760945

OrderNo.

ArticleNo.

Ø A Ø D M


Design: Tempered steel, inductively hardened clamping area.

Important note: Clamping stud does not conform to DIN, suitable only for use with our hydraulic stud clamping.

�g

Lower press section

6 x ISO 4762-M10x25-8.8

2006/6

GB


Applications:

Pneumatic swing clamps are used where low clamping forces are needed (e.g. for welding), and where

work-pieces must be easily positioned from above.

Points to rememeber:

The swing action of toggle clamps must not be hindered. They can only clamp on their vertical stroke, not while swinging.

Pneumatic swing clamp

2006/6

GB



Pneumatic swing clamps

Orderno. Article no. Size right

swingingleft

swingingF3*

[kN]

�g

91520 6829BR-25 25 X - 0.17 600

91421 6829BL-25 25 - X 0.17 600

91538 6829BR-32 32 X - 0.27 800

91439 6829BL-32 32 - X 0.27 800

91546 6829BR-40 40 X - 0.45 920

91447 6829BL-40 40 - X 0.45 920

91553 6829BR-50 50 X - 0.70 1000

91454 6829BL-50 50 - X 0.70 1000

91561 6829BR-63 63 X - 1.10 1150

91462 6829BL-63 63 - X 1.10 1150

* F3 = at 6 bar max. air pressure

Dimensions:

Orderno.

b max.permissi-

blec ød2 d3 ød4 e f g g6 h h1 h2 h3 h4 h5 h6 h7 hw i k l M m dia.

o

91520 50 20 6.5 M8 8.5 35 50 40 17 82 125 78 20 32 50 17 44.5 57-65 16 7.5 35 M6 55 M 8

91421 50 20 6.5 M8 8.5 35 50 40 17 82 125 78 20 32 50 17 44.5 57-65 16 7.5 35 M6 55 M 8

91538 58 30 6.5 M8 8.5 40 60 45 18 95 145 90 20 43 52 22 50 60-73 19 7.5 45 M8 60 M 8

91439 58 30 6.5 M8 8.5 40 60 45 18 95 145 90 20 43 52 22 50 60-73 19 7.5 45 M8 60 M 8

91546 64 37 8.5 M10 8.5 45.5 70 52 22 95 145 90 25 40 55 20 52 60-73 19 9 55 M8 70 M 8

91447 64 37 8.5 M10 8.5 45.5 70 52 22 95 145 90 25 40 55 20 52 60-73 19 9 55 M8 70 M 8

91553 70 46 8.5 M10 10.5 49 80 66 25 105 162 100 30 45 60 25 53.5 55-75 25 9.5 65 M12 85 M10

91454 70 46 8.5 M10 10.5 49 80 66 25 105 162 100 30 45 60 25 53.5 55-75 25 9.5 65 M12 85 M10

91561 74 60 10.5 M12 10.5 52.5 90 80 30 105 162 100 30 36 69 28 53 55-75 25 10 80 M12 100 M10

91462 74 60 10.5 M12 10.5 52.5 90 80 30 105 162 100 30 36 69 28 53 55-75 25 10 80 M12 100 M10

1) Swing clamps may only be loaded during the clamping stroke y2. * Please order separately with FESTO.

Orderno. q R s dia.

wPiston

dia.y1 Swing

stroke1) y2 Clam-ping stroke

Stroke ytotal

stroke

Proximity switch24VDC,

plug M8, 0.3m*

91520 7.5 M5 42.5 14 25 13 14 27 SME-8-S-LED-24

91421 7.5 M5 42.5 14 25 13 14 27 SME-8-S-LED-24

91538 12.5 G1/8 47.5 16 32 16 14 30 SME-8-S-LED-24

91439 12.5 G1/8 47.5 16 32 16 14 30 SME-8-S-LED-24

91546 15.5 G1/8 54.5 16 40 15 15 30 SME-8-S-LED-24

91447 15.5 G1/8 54.5 16 40 15 15 30 SME-8-S-LED-24

91553 21.5 G1/8 58.5 20 50 17 15 32 SME-8-S-LED-24

91454 21.5 G1/8 58.5 20 50 17 15 32 SME-8-S-LED-24

91561 27.5 G1/8 62.5 20 63 15 15 30 SME-8-S-LED-24

91462 27.5 G1/8 62.5 20 63 15 15 30 SME-8-S-LED-24

No. 6829BR/BL Swing clamp, pneumatic, block version,double-actingPiston rod non-rusting, polished. Body is made of aluminium, black finish.HART-COAT® surface for wear-resistance. Magnetic piston to signalend positions. Including screw and spring washer for simple setting ofthe clamp arm position.

Mounting:- on front or rear faces, using through holes- from above with long socket bolts ISO 4762 (DIN 912)- from below using tapped holes in base.

Accessories (not included in pack):- Clamping arm 6829SP- Clamping screw 6880

unclamped

to clamp

to release

swing to left

swing to right

Clamping point

clamped stroke y

Examples of

mountings:

from above

from below

front face

rear face

Pneumatic sw

ing clamps

Pneumatic swing clamps



swingingleft

swingingF3*

[kN]

�g

93484 6829KR-25 25 X - 0.17 500

93559 6829KL-25 25 - X 0.17 500

93492 6829KR-32 32 X - 0.27 650

93567 6829KL-32 32 - X 0.27 650

93500 6829KR-40 40 X - 0.45 800

93575 6829KL-40 40 - X 0.45 800

93518 6829KR-50 50 X - 0.70 920

93583 6829KL-50 50 - X 0.70 920

93526 6829KR-63 63 X - 1.10 1080

93591 6829KL-63 63 - X 1.10 1080

* F3 = at 6 bar max. air pressure.

Dimensions:

Orderno.

b max.permissi-

bleød2 ød3 e f g g6 h h1 h2 h3 h5 h6 hw i M m dia.

o p R dia. w Piston dia.

93484 58 5.5 M40x1.5 25 50 37 23 30 135 62 25 15 11.5 3 - 12 16 M 6 50 M 8 66 M5 14 25

93559 58 6.5 M40x1.5 25 50 37 23 30 135 62 25 15 11.5 3 - 12 18 M 6 50 M 8 66 M5 14 25

93492 70 6.5 M50x1.5 30 60 45 23 30 154 73 25 13 10.5 -5 - 8 19 M 8 60 M 8 80 G1/8 16 32

93567 70 6.5 M50x1.5 30 60 45 23 30 154 73 25 13 10.5 -5 - 8 19 M 8 60 M 8 80 G1/8 16 32

93500 80 6.5 M55x1.5 37.5 70 50 26 30 154 73 25 13 10.5 -5 - 8 19 M 8 65 M 8 87 G1/8 16 40

93575 80 6.5 M55x1.5 37.5 70 50 26 30 154 73 25 13 10.5 -5 - 8 19 M 8 65 M 8 87 G1/8 16 40

93518 92 8.5 M65x1.5 42.5 80 58 32 30 168 80 25 11 10.5 -20 - 0 25 M12 75 M10 100 G1/8 20 50

93583 92 8.5 M65x1.5 42.5 80 58 32 30 168 80 25 11 10.5 -20 - 0 25 M12 75 M10 100 G1/8 20 50

93526 102 8.5 M80x1.5 45 90 70 35 30 169 80 25 11 10.5 -20 - 0 25 M12 90 M10 118 G1/8 20 63

93591 102 8.5 M80x1.5 45 90 70 35 30 169 80 25 11 10.5 -20 - 0 25 M12 90 M10 118 G1/8 20 63

1) Swing clamps may only be loaded during the clamping stroke y2.

Orderno.

y1 Swingstroke

1) y2 Clam-ping stroke

Stroke y totalstroke

93484 13 14 27

93559 13 14 27

93492 16 14 30

93567 16 14 30

93500 15 15 30

93575 15 15 30

93518 17 15 32

93583 17 15 32

93526 15 15 30

93591 15 15 30

No 6829KR/KL Swing clamp, pneumatic,flange-mounting version, double-acting

For recessed installation in fixtures. Both compressed-air connections are in the flange. Piston rod non-rusting, polished. Body is made of aluminium, black finish. HART-COAT® surface for wear-resistance. Including screw and spring washer for simple setting of the clamp arm position.

Mounting:- from above with cap screws through the flange- from below in a bore in the fixture using grooved nuts and clamping

against the flange- from above with grooved nuts against the fixture

Accessories (not included in pack):- Clamping arm 6829SP- Grooved nut 6829N- Clamping screw 6880 unclamped

clamped stroke y

clamp to release

swing to left

swing to right

Clamping point

2006/6

GB

Examples of

mountings:

with 4 cap screwsfrom above

with grooved nutfrom above

with grooved nutfrom below


Pneumatic swing clamps2006/6

GB

Pneumatic sw

ing clampsSpecifications subject to change.

No 6829ER/EL Swing clamp, pneumatic, screw-in version, double-actingPiston rod non-rusting, polished. Body is made of aluminium,black finish. HART-COAT® surface for wear-resistance.Including screw and spring washer for simple setting of theclamp arm position.

Mounting:- with grooved nut 6829N (DIN 70852)- with threaded flange 6829GF

Accessories (not included in pack):- Clamping arm 6829SP- Grooved nut 6829N- Thread flange 6829GF- Clamping screw 6880


swingingleft

swingingF3*

[kN]

�g

92809 6829ER-25 25 X - 0.17 450

92858 6829EL-25 25 - X 0.17 450

92817 6829ER-32 32 X - 0.27 550

92866 6829EL-32 32 - X 0.27 550

92825 6829ER-40 40 X - 0.45 700

92874 6829EL-40 40 - X 0.45 700

92833 6829ER-50 50 X - 0.70 850

92882 6829EL-50 50 - X 0.70 850

92841 6829ER-63 63 X - 1.10 1000

92890 6829EL-63 63 - X 1.10 1000

Dimensions:

Orderno.

b max.permissi-

bled3 dia. d4 e f h h1 h2 h3 h4 hw i M o R dia.

wPiston

dia.y1 Swing

stroke1) y2 Clam-ping stroke

Stroke y totalstroke

92809 58 M40x1.5 38 30 50 74 118 70 35 10 49-57 16 M6 M8 M5 14 25 14 14 28

92858 58 M40x1.5 38 30 50 74 118 70 35 10 49-57 16 M6 M8 M5 14 25 14 14 28

92817 70 M50x1.5 48 35 60 83 132 79 40 15 48-61 19 M8 M8 G1/8 16 32 16 14 30

92866 70 M50x1.5 48 35 60 83 132 79 40 15 48-61 19 M8 M8 G1/8 16 32 16 14 30

92825 80 M55x1.5 53 42.5 70 87 135 83 45 15 52-65 19 M8 M8 G1/8 16 40 15 14 29

92874 80 M55x1.5 53 42.5 70 87 135 83 45 15 52-65 19 M8 M8 G1/8 16 40 15 14 29

92833 92 M65x1.5 62 47.5 80 92 145 87 50 15 42-62 25 M12 M10 G1/8 20 50 14 14 28

92882 92 M65x1.5 62 47.5 80 92 145 87 50 15 42-62 25 M12 M10 G1/8 20 50 14 14 28

92841 102 M80x1.5 77 50 90 97 152 92 56 15 47-67 25 M12 M10 G1/8 20 63 15 15 30

92890 102 M80x1.5 77 50 90 97 152 92 56 15 47-67 25 M12 M10 G1/8 20 63 15 15 30

1) Swing clamps may only be loaded during the clamping stroke y2.

Clamping point

swing to right

swing to left

to release

unclamped

clamped

to clamp

stroke y

Examples of

mountings:

with grooved nut

from below

with grooved nut

from above

with threaded flangeand grooved nut

with twogrooved nuts


2006/6

GB


Pneumatic toggle clamps

Orderno. Article no. Size F3

[kN]

�g

93609 6829V-25 25 0.23 580

93617 6829V-32 32 0.37 950

93625 6829V-40 40 0.56 1200

93633 6829V-50 40 0.76 1900

93641 6829V-63 63 1.35 2300

Note:The lever mechanism can be dismantled so

that it can be individually modified. The moun-

ting holes in the flange are similar to those in

threaded flange no. 6829G.

Dimensions:

Orderno. a b dia. d2 dia. d3 e f g g6 h h1 h2 h3 h5 h6 hw i M m p R Piston

dia.

93609 14 50 5.5 M40x1.5 16.0 41.0 37 23 51 144 62 25 15 11.5 45-51 16 M6 50 66 M5 25

93617 16 60 6.5 M50x1.5 22.0 52.0 45 23 57 170 73 25 13 10.5 51-57 20 M8 60 80 G1/8 32

93625 16 68 6.5 M55x1.5 23.5 56.0 50 26 60 178 73 25 13 10.5 54-60 25 M8 65 87 G1/8 40

93633 20 79 8.5 M65x1.5 26.0 63.5 58 32 65 200 80 25 11 10.5 59-65 30 M12 75 100 G1/8 50

93641 20 88 8.5 M80x1.5 29.0 74.0 70 35 69 210 80 25 11 10.5 60-69 30 M12 90 118 G1/8 63

to release

to clamp

unclamped

clamped

Examples of mountings:

from above, with

4 socket cap screws

through the flange

by screwing the body

into a tapped hole and

locking with a grooved

nut

by inserting the body

into a plain hole and

locking with two

grooved nuts

No 6829V Link clamp, pneumatic flange version,double-actingParts of mechanism are made of steel and blued. Piston rod non-rusting, polished. Body is made of aluminium, black finish.HART-COAT® surface for wear-resistance. Complete withclamping screw.

Fastening options:- From above, with socket cap screws through the flange- By screwing the body into a tapped hole and locking with a

grooved nut.- By inserting the body into a plain hole and locking with two

grooved nuts.

Accessories (not included in pack):- Grooved nut no. 6829N- Threaded flange no. 6829G- Clamping screw no. 6880

2006/6

GB



Accessories for pneumatic swing clamps

Fitting and removing clamping arm:Hold clamping arm with spanner. Tighten/loosen screw. Loosen clamping arm from pistonrod. Caution! Do not strike sides of clamping arm.

N° 6829SPClamping armHigh-strength aluminium alloy, silver-grey. HART-COAT® surface for wear-resistance and reduced adhesion of weld sputter. With thread forclamping screw No. 6880.

Orderno. Size dia. d1 f h h1 i l M n dia.

odia. w �

g

93674 25 14 50 6 6 16 66 M6 6 9 14 32

93682 32 14 60 9 7 20 80 M8 9 9 16 55

93690 40 14 70 9 7 20 90 M8 9 9 16 65

93708 50 17 80 10 9 25 105 M12 10 11 20 132

93716 63 17 90 10 9 25 115 M12 10 11 20 149

No 6829ADAdapterHigh-strength aluminium alloy, black. For mountingspecial clamping arms, with taper bore and mountingholes for arm. HART-COAT® surface for wear-resistanceand reduced adhesion of weld sputter.

Orderno. Size b dia. d1 dia. d2 h h1 h2 i L L1 L2 øo øw �

g

92429 25 16 14 5.5 6.5 8 8 20 50 25 38 8.5 14 28

92437 32/40 19 14 7.0 9.0 11 10 25 60 30 45 8.5 16 50

92452 50/63 25 17 9.0 10.0 14 12 30 65 30 48 10.5 20 80

Example:Clamping arm with clampingscrew no. 6880.

Example:Adapter to connect individual clamping arms with piston of a pneumatic swingclamp no. 6829.

Pneumatic sw

ing clamps


2006/6

GB


Accessories for pneumatic swing clampsN° 6829NGrooved nut (DIN 70852)Steel, galvanized. Use hook spanner for tightening (see AMF catalogue “Hand Tools”).

Orderno. Size b c dia. d1 dia. d2 dia. d3 h �

g

92924 25 7 3.3 49 56 M40x1.5 8 63

92932 32 8 3.8 60 68 M50x1.5 8 84

92940 40 8 3.8 67 75 M55x1.5 8 106

92957 50 11 4.3 76 85 M65x1.5 9 132

92973 63 11 4.3 91 100 M80x1.5 10 180

N° 6829GFThreaded flangeSteel, galvanized. With four counterbored mounting holes. Female thread for swing clamp. Use grooved nut to lock in desired.

Orderno. Size c dia. d1 dia. d2 dia. d3 h h1 l �

g

93062 25 37 9 5.5 M40x1.5 9 6 50 80

93070 32 45 11 6.5 M50x1.5 12 7 60 100

93088 40 50 11 6.5 M55x1.5 12 7 65 120

93096 50 58 13 8.5 M65x1.5 15 9 75 150

93104 63 70 13 8.5 M80x1.5 15 9 88 200

Advantage:Avoids cutting a large thread in the fixture.

Note:The mounting holes in the flange are the same as in pneumatic clamp flangeno. 6829K and 6829V.

Example:Swing clamp screwed into threaded flange.

Example:Grooved nut from above for lockingswing clamp in a fixture.


... by order No.Order No. Page Order No. Page Order No. Page Order No. Page Order No. Page

... by item No.Item No. Page Item No. Page Item No. Page Item No. Page Item No. Page

No. 6908BZH-1 20No. 6908F-1 19No. 6910-06-01/02 126No. 6910-06-04/05 127No. 6910-10/11 128No. 6910A-05 128No. 6916-04 130No. 6916-05/06 130No. 6916-07 130No. 6916-08 130No. 6916-09 131No. 6916-10 131No. 6916-11 131No. 6917-1 124No. 6917A-1 124No. 6918 125No. 6918-10 124No. 6919-2 136No. 6919-20 138No. 6919-20S 139No. 6919-25 139No. 6919-25M 139No. 6919-30 139No. 6919S 137No. 6920 23No. 6920D 25No. 6920G 24No. 6921 26No. 6921S 27No. 6924 30No. 6925 31No. 6925D 32No. 6926 42, 43No. 6926D 44, 45

No. 6927B 52No. 6927G 53No. 6928G 54No. 6929 35No. 6929-03 34No. 6930 35No. 6930D 36No. 6932 37No. 6933 37No. 6934 38No. 6935 28No. 6936 48No. 6936D 49No. 6940 146No. 6945-02 04 171No. 6945-11-** 164-166No. 6945-11-*** 164No. 6945-11-**-10 166No. 6945-15-10 171No. 6945-22-02 162No. 6945-22-03 162No. 6945-22-04 160No. 6945-22-06 161No. 6945-22-07 161No. 6945-22-08 162No. 6945-22-20-1x3 157No. 6945-22-20-1x6 158No. 6945-22-20-1x8 159No. 6945-22-20-2x3 158No. 6945-22-20-2x4 159No. 6945-28-*** 170No. 6951 67, 68No. 6951F 65No. 6951FN 74, 75

No. 6951FZ 58No. 6951FZN 59No. 6951G 66No. 6951GN 76, 77No. 6951GZ 60No. 6951GZN 61No. 6951K 64No. 6951KN 72, 73No. 6951KZ 56No. 6951KZN 57No. 6951N 78, 79No. 6951WN 69, 80No. 6954 167No. 6958 88No. 6959-01-10 85No. 6959-05-10 85No. 6959KL 84-87No. 6960C 93No. 6961F/L 110No. 6962F/L 111No. 6963FA/LA-01 112No. 6964F 113, 116No. 6964H 115, 118No. 6964L 114, 117No. 6965 120No. 6970-** 97No. 6970-**-** 98No. 6970D 100, 101No. 6972 102No. 6972D 104No. 6972F 103No. 6972G 106No. 6972GR 106No. 6972W 106

No. 6973 107No. 6976-20-4 No. 6977 105No. 6981E-**-G1/4 142No. 6982-02 129No. 6982-02-01 129No. 6982-05/06 129No. 6983-1 141No. 6983-2 141No. 6985 140No. 6985K 140No. 6985R 140No. 6988 141No. 6989M 132No. 6989N 133No. 6990 141No. 6991-01 134 No. 6991-02 134No. 6991-x0 135No. 6993 143No. 6994 144, 145No. 6995 143No. 6996 143No. 6997 143No. 7110DF-**xM** 146No. 7110DH-**xM** 146No. 7110DI-**xM** 146No. 7110DK-**xM** 146No. 7110DM-**xM** 146No. 7110F-**-3 92No. 7110H-** 92No. 7110Z-**-* 92

DIN 70852 30DIN 7603 143DIN 908 143No. 6829AD 177No. 6829BR/BL 173No. 6829ER/EL 175No. 6829GF 178No. 6829KL/KL 174No. 6829N 178No. 6829SP 177No. 6829V 176No. 6901 8No. 6902 9No. 6903 10No. 6904-20 11No. 6904-25 12No. 6904-50 13No. 6904-52 13No. 6904-54 13No. 6904-56 13No. 6904-58 13No. 6904-90 13No. 6907 16, 17No. 6907-34914 150, 151No. 6907-35914 152, 153No. 6907B-4-4 155No. 6907B-4-5 155No. 6907B-5 20No. 6907B-6-4 155No. 6907BS-1-1 19, 155No. 6908B-1 19No. 6908BS-1 19No. 6908BS-1-1 19No. 6908BS-1 19

6163 1689613 16760004 3760012 3760020 3760038 3760046 3560053 3560061 3560079 3560087 3560095 3560103 3560111 3460129 3560137 3560145 3560152 3560160 3560178 3760186 3760194 3760202 3760210 3760285 16560293 9760301 9760319 9760327 16560335 12860368 2060376 9760384 9760392 15560418 9760426 9760434 9760475 16560491 13060517 12560525 9760541 1960566 1960616 9760715 9760723 9760731 9760749 2060780 12960798 9860814 9860822 9860830 9860848 78

60855 7960863 7961077 16261085 15761093 16261101 15961150 17161168 13661176 3761184 16461192 16461200 16461218 16561226 16561234 16561242 16561259 16661267 16661275 16661283 16661291 16661309 16661382 17161390 16861408 16161416 16461424 16461432 16461440 16561457 16561465 16561473 16661481 16661499 16661622 15961630 15861663 15561671 17161689 15861697 15961705 16161713 16261812 1661820 1661838 1661846 1661853 15061861 7361879 7861887 7361903 7361929 7361937 961945 9

62034 4462042 4462067 4562091 4562117 4462133 4462158 4562166 4562174 4462182 4462190 4562208 4562224 7462257 4462323 4462372 4562380 4562398 4462406 4462455 4562463 4562554 4462562 4462570 4562588 4562596 4462604 4462653 4562786 4562794 2562836 2562844 2562851 2562869 2562877 2562885 13062901 13062968 13062984 13062992 13163008 13163016 2363024 3063032 2463057 2363073 2463099 3063115 3063131 3063149 2663156 3063164 3063180 3063198 140

63206 14063214 14063222 14063230 14063248 14063354 4263362 4263370 4263388 4263396 4263404 4263412 4263420 4263438 4263446 4263453 4263461 4263479 4263487 4263503 16663511 4363529 4363537 4363545 4363552 4363560 4363578 4363586 4363594 4363602 4363610 4363628 4363636 4363644 4363651 9763669 9863677 9763685 9863693 9763701 9863719 9763727 9863768 2663784 3063792 3063800 3063818 3063826 3063834 3063842 3063859 3063867 3063875 3063883 30

63891 3063909 3063917 3063925 3063933 3063974 3063990 16564006 16464014 14664022 14664030 14664048 14664055 14664063 14664071 14664089 16664998 2365003 2365011 2365052 11165060 11165078 11165086 11165094 11165102 11165110 11265128 11265136 11265144 11265151 11265169 11265250 11065268 11065276 11065284 11065292 11065300 11065318 2465326 13165334 2465359 2465375 12465391 12765417 16765433 16765458 16765474 16765490 16765508 14165524 14165805 7765870 6165888 7265896 72

Contents ...20

08/6

GB


... by order No. (continued)Order No. Page Order No. Page Order No. Page Order No. Page Order No. Page

65912 7365920 7365953 9265979 9265987 7465995 5766100 12566290 7566332 7566480 5866498 5666506 5866514 5666522 5866530 5666548 5866555 5666563 5866571 5666589 5866597 5666605 6066613 6066621 11466647 9366654 9366662 9366670 6066688 11466696 6066704 11466712 6066720 11866738 6066746 11566761 11566787 10766795 6066803 10766852 11366878 11366894 11366910 11366928 6066936 11466944 5966951 10366969 10366977 10366985 10366993 10267009 10667017 10667025 10667124 10267165 10667173 10667181 10667256 10667264 10667272 10667322 10667330 10667348 10667371 10567421 10567439 10267447 10267512 10567520 10567538 2567546 2567595 2567603 2567611 2567629 2567637 13767645 13767801 3167819 867827 3167835 867843 3267868 3267884 3267900 3267926 3267942 3267967 3267975 3167983 3267991 3168007 3268015 3168023 4868031 3168049 48

68056 4868064 5268072 4868080 5268098 4868106 5268114 4868122 5268130 4868148 5368155 4968163 5368171 4968189 5468197 4968205 5468213 4968221 5668239 4968247 6568254 4968262 6568270 4968288 6568296 4968304 6568312 3868320 6568338 3868346 6568353 3868361 6568379 3868387 6568395 3868403 6568411 6568429 6668437 6568445 6668452 6668460 6668478 6668486 6668502 6668510 14068528 14068536 14068544 14068551 14068569 14068577 14068585 14068593 14068601 14068619 6668627 6668635 6668650 6668676 6668692 6668718 6668726 6468734 6668742 6468759 6668767 6468775 6468783 1368791 6468809 1368817 14168825 14168833 6468858 6468874 6468890 6468916 6468932 6468957 6468973 6768999 6769005 2769013 14169021 14169039 14169047 2769054 14169062 14169070 6769088 13469104 13469112 6769120 7769138 6769146 7869153 67

69161 7969179 12469211 12469229 6869245 6869252 6869260 6869278 6869294 6869302 14369328 14369336 5769344 14369351 5969369 7269377 6169385 7269393 14369401 7369419 14369427 7369435 1169443 7469450 1269468 7469476 7669484 7569492 7569500 7869518 14369526 7969609 14369625 14369641 14369666 14369690 1969757 7669765 7769773 7669781 7769815 14369823 14369963 7676059 14677347 9277354 9277362 9277446 14677453 14677677 9277685 9277693 9277743 14677750 14678337 9278428 9283931 14683949 14686223 14686637 14686652 14687858 14687866 14687874 14687882 14687890 14687908 14687916 14687924 14688971 9291421 17391439 17391447 17391454 17391462 17391520 17391538 17391546 17391553 17391561 17392429 17692437 17692452 17692809 17592817 17592825 17592833 17592841 17592858 17592866 17592874 17592882 17592890 17592924 17892932 17892940 17892957 178

92973 17893062 17893070 17893088 17893096 17893104 17893484 17493492 17493500 17493518 17493526 17493559 17493567 17493575 17493583 17493591 17493609 17693617 17693625 17693633 17693641 17693674 17693682 17693690 17693708 17793716 177110692 164110700 164112714 144112961 144114298 128114405 103, 104116418 144122903 144126326 19, 155131631 144136291 129153288 143156067 103160093 143160184 144160192 144160200 144160358 144160366 144161414 141164962 133164970 132164988 133164996 132165092 116165092 116165100 116165167 117165183 117165225 118165241 118168575 141170258 144170266 144170308 144170316 144174177 140175323 144175349 19176214 129176701 143179952 143181214 128251884 17253823 155255687 164255752 164256446 17258236 13258996 152259168 126259226 126259242 13267062 30267427 13271031 13275198 10276824 127276881 129280636 17288225 124290726 17291526 10320002 138320010 139320028 139320036 139320044 139320051 142320069 142320077 142

320085 142320093 142320135 125320143 125320150 104320168 104320184 10320192 10320200 10320218 88320226 88320234 88320242 88320259 88320267 88320275 88320283 88320333 120320341 120320358 120320366 125320457 69320465 69320473 69320481 80320499 80320507 36320515 36320523 36320531 36320549 36320556 36320572 84320598 84320606 84320614 104320622 85320630 85320648 141320655 141320689 145320705 145320721 145320747 145320762 145320788 145320804 145320820 145320846 145320861 145320887 106320903 106321620 106321653 84321679 84321695 86321711 86322032 86322040 86322057 86322248 88322255 88323410 100323436 100323444 100323451 135323469 100323477 135323485 100323501 101323527 101323543 101323568 101323584 101323600 101323626 142323642 142323667 142323683 142323709 142323725 142324384 100324392 100324400 100324491 132324509 133324517 132324525 133334185 135

Contents ...2008/6G

B

2006/6

GB


Demonstration–Training–Instruction

Demonstration and advice:Do you have a clamping problem? Let us show you, without obligation, how your problem can be solved on the basis of

our comprehensive range of hydraulic products, for example by making a practical trial clamping.

Training:In our own Training and Demonstration Room, our qualified application technicians will show you the variety, advantages,

and special features of AMF Clamping Hydraulics in detail.

Instruction and support:Not only in the planning phase, but also before and after sales our application engineers will support you.

Our objective – your advantage:Drastic reduction of setting-up and part-changing times, and thus clear cost savings through competent, well-founded

advice, demonstration, and information.

Are you also tired of complicated manual positioning on yourlaser marking machine?

With the new AMF positioning system, AMF offers you asolution to all these problems!

Tiring work!

High costs due to long set-up times!

Building-block principle

Drawer system

Positioning accuracy 0.1 mm

Repeatability 0.1 mm

Modular structure

Ergonomic

No repeatability!

Complicated re-positioning for each order!

!!

!!

Positioning system for laser marking

Please ask for

our catalogue!


2006/6

GB


One system Six positioning methods

– Quick positionings on the base plate

– Useable for one-time acquisition tasks

– Can be unloaded using magnets

– Quick positioning within the written field

– Versatile uses

– Suitable for various written field sizes

– Fastening to the base plate by means of

positioning pins

– Special top frame sizes for each written field

size

– Quick positioning within the written field

– Fastening to the base plate by means of

positioning pins

– Positioning of workpieces with complicated

external geometric shapes

– Can be supplied in customer-specific design

– Positioning of workpieces with complicated

external geometric shapes

– Can be supplied in customer-specific design

– Can be fastened to base plate

– For diameter range from 5 to 10 mm

– Cylindrical pieces can be positioned

horizontally and vertically

– Positioning and stop elements

With magnets

With positioning frame

With computer templates

With stop angle

With positioning elements

With shaped supports

2

4

65

1

Thanks to the drawer system, ergonomic work methods are possible at all times!

3

Positioning system for laser marking2006/6

GB



Your Ideas Workshop.We are your partner in innovation for

solutions to mechanical, pneumatic, and

hydraulic clamping problems.

Reduction of set-up times

Advice

Automation solutions

CAD data in over 60 formats with kinematics

and collision functions

Just test us!

With AMF you are always a step

ahead!

AMF CAD data are transmitted to sub-

assemblies with active links.

This feature can be exploited by the

CAD systems Solid Works, Unigraphic,

Inventor and Catia V5.

Further advantages:

– Complete transmission of the

structure tree, including all

accessories, with all CAD

systems!

– When parts lists are generated,

the article designations from the

structure tree are automatically

incorporated.

– Ordering procedures can thus

be initiated directly.

– In addition, sample functions

are transmitted which

a) increase computer speed

and

b) simplify the job of the tool

designer.

– When they are not needed,

the sample functions can be

suppressed.


▲▲

▲▲

2006/6

GB



Conditions for Sales, Deliveries These conditions of sale apply to business conducted with companies, legal entities in the public

sector, and legal entities with special budget in the public sector. Our deliveries and services are

carried out exclusively on the basis of the conditions stated below. Deviating purchasing condi-

tions of the buyer will not become part of the contract, not even through acceptance of the order,

unless we have expressly accepted them.

1. Offer and entering into a contract

The basis of our delivery contracts is the latest edition of our catalogue. Orders are not

considered as accepted until they have been confirmed by us in writing. When goods are sup-

plied from stock and, for organisational reasons, you receive no separate confirmation, the in-

voice has the additional function of confirming the order. Details of dimensions and weights, and

illustrations, drawings and data are not binding and may be changed by us at any time. Devia-

tions cannot be excluded.

2. Prices

Prices are quoted in EUR ex-works excluding turnover tax, packing, freight, carriage, and

insurance. Unless otherwise agreed, our list prices on the day of delivery apply. In order to cover

our costs, orders under EUR 50.– net value are subject to a small order surcharge of EUR 10.–.

3. Delivery

Delivery delays are quoted to the best of our knowledge but without guarantee. Agreed delivery

delays begin on the day we accept the order and refer to the completion of the goods in our

works.

4. Transfer of risk

Risks are transferred to you when the goods are passed to a specific person, company, or

organisation that is charged with the execution of carriage of the goods. This applies also to

partial deliveries and when we have accepted the costs of carriage, delivery or erection. The

risks are also transferred to you when you have defaulted on acceptance.

5. Dispatch

Goods are supplied ex-works. Dispatch is at your cost and risk. Scheduled, FOB, and CIF

deliveries are also at your risk. In the absence of specific instructions concerning dispatch, we

will arrange same as we think fit, but without accepting any responsibility for choosing the cheap-

est or most suitable method of dispatch. We make a handling charge of EUR 5.– if goods are

sent at your request to a third party.

You accept that your order can be supplied in partial deliveries insofar as this is reasonable.

6. Reservation of proprietary rights

Goods delivered remain our property until payment of all claims has been received in full or until

redemption of cheques given in payment. The cancellation of individual positions in an open

invoice and the drawing of a balance and its acceptance do not affect proprietary rights. You

have the right to dispose of the goods as a normal commercial transaction, but you are forbid-

den to pawn, mortgage, or transfer ownership of them in settlement of a debt or debts.

You surrender to us herewith your right to payment for goods for which we reserve our

proprietary rights. You have the right to collect these payments as long as you meet your

obligations to us. If we request it, you are obliged to name the third party and we have the right

to publish this information and the transfer of rights.

7. Cancellation rights due to late payment or insolvency

If you do not pay for the goods by the time payment is due, and if you have not paid after expiry

of a reasonable time limit set by us, we have the right to withdraw from the contract and demand

the return of goods already supplied. Rights under § 323 BGB (BGB = German civil law code)

remain otherwise unaffected.

Application for the opening of insolvency proceedings gives us the right to withdraw from the

contract and demand the immediate return of goods supplied before the bankruptcy court or-

ders protective measures.

8. Packaging

Packages comply with the German packaging regulations (WO). Disposable packaging is charg-

ed at cost. The packaging is not returnable.

9. Tooling costs

In the absence of any agreement to the contrary, tooling made for the execution of an order re-

mains our property in all cases. This applies even if we have made a charge for a proportion of

the tooling costs.

10. Payment

Our invoices are payable net within 30 days of the date of the invoice, or with 2% discount if

paid within 10 days. Invoices below EUR 50.– are payable immediately without discount.

Our credit notes and your charges on us reduce the amount subject to discount. Late payment

entitles us to interest at the rate the bank charges us for a current account overdraft but at least

8 percent above the current base rate of the European Central Bank. If payment is overdue, we

are entitled, after giving you notice in writing, to cease fulfilling our obligations under the contract

until payment is received.

11. Offsetting exclusion

You can only offset payments with legally-established or unopposed counter claims.

12. Guarantee

If you come to an agreement with us on properties of the goods, we include this agreement in

our technical specifications. If we have to supply to your drawings, specifications, samples, etc.,

you accept the risk associated with suitability for the intended purpose. The point in time at which

risk is transferred is decisive for the contractual condition of the goods. The deterioration of parts

subject to wear in the course of normal use does not constitute a defect.

If the goods supplied are defective, we will – at our choice and within a reasonable time limit set

by you – supply a replacement or repair the goods. If such repair or replacement is not satis-

factory, you have the right to reduce the price or withdraw from the contract. Any further gua-

rantee claims are excluded. Recognisable defects must be notified at the latest within

10 days of receipt and defects that are not recognisable must be notified as soon as they are

discovered. The guarantee period is 24 months and starts with dispatch of the goods from our

works.

13. Hindered or impossible performance

If we are prevented from meeting our obligation by some unforeseeable event (e.g. disruption

of our plant, or delay in the delivery of important raw materials), which, in spite of taking all rea-

sonable care appropriate to the circumstances of the case, we have been unable to avert, and

it has become impossible to execute the delivery or service punctually, the delivery delay will be

extended to an appropriate extent.

14. Liability

Except in the case of injury to life or limb, or damage to health caused by our breach of duty,

we are only liable in the event of intent or culpable negligence on our part.

15. Customer specials

Orders for customer specials must be in writing and include binding details of execution, quan-

tities etc. For technical reasons we reserve the right to supply 10% more or less than the quan-

tity specified.

If technical changes or cancellation are required, the costs incurred will be charged to the

customer.

16. Deliveries of samples and return of goods

Samples will be charged. When goods have been sent for testing or as samples, we will credit

you with the additional price against subsequent orders, as long as the net contract value is at

least EUR 125.–.

The return of goods is only possible with prior agreement. Customer specials may

not be returned. For goods returned for reasons outside our responsibility

(e.g. wrongly ordered), we charge 10% of the value of the goods but at least

EUR 7.50, to cover administration costs.

17. Place of fulfilment, court of jurisdiction

The place of fulfilment for all obligations arising from this contract is D-70707 Fellbach.

The court of jurisdiction for any legal dispute arising from this contract is D-71332 Waiblingen.

(All disputes that arise from this contract or about its validity will be decided by a court of arbi-

tration according to the Arbitration Rules of the German Committee for Arbitration Courts/Sett-

lement and Arbitration Procedure of the International Chamber of Commerce. Such decisions

will be final and normal legal procedures are excluded.) German law applies (BGB and HGB =

civil and commercial codes). The application of UN purchasing law (CISG) is excluded.

18. Validity clause

If individual conditions should be found to be not legally valid, the remaining conditions continue

to apply. The invalid conditions will be replaced by conditions which fulfil as closely as possible

the commercial intent of the contract with reasonable consideration of the interests of both

parties.

With the publication of these Conditions for Sales, Deliveries and Payment, all previous versions

become invalid. This does not apply to contracts agreed before publication.

… just copy

and mail or fax

ANDREAS MAIERGmbH & Co.WerkzeugfabrikPostfach 1760

D-70707 FELLBACH

Request for catalogues:please send the following catalogues:

Toggle Clampsmechanical + pneumatic

Hand Tools

Hydr. and Pneumatic Clamping Systems

Modular Fixturing Systems

Zero-Point Systems

Standard Clamping Elementsmechanical

Company/Address (please don’t forget your phone no.)

responsible

e-Business@AMF

About AMF Products CAD-Data Service News Home Contact Imprint

How do I order?

AMF e-Business offers you new possibilities! Many of our customers havebeen ordering AMF products electronically for several years now.Currently, for more than 30% of our sales, orders are placed electronicallyand processed online. In the side bar, you will find the various orderingoptions with which you too can profit from the advantages that AMF e-Business offers.

e-commerce at AMF – the AMF Online Shop

In our new AMF Online Shop, AMF offers you the best conditions for yourInternet buying. Its basis today is a medium-neutral database from which ourOnline Shop and related print media are generated fully automatically. In this way, you have access to the latest products and revisions at all timesand immediately.

Using the direct online connection to the AMF inventory control system, youcan check the availability and delivery of the goods you need, and check thecurrent status of your order at any time.If you are a registered customer, then your access data lets you see yourspecific, individual prices and order data.Please see the PDF file for more important advantages – the side bar on theright provides access.

1. Use the “Products” link to go to our Online Shop

2. Register without obligation, your access data will be sent to you auto-matically by e-mail.

3. Study our range of products and select those you need on the individualproduct pages, or use the fast-track to put them straight in the trolley.

4. Go to “Prices and availiability” to check when a product can be supplied.

5. When you order: send off your order, and you are 98% certain to recieveyour goods on the next working day.

6. The entire system is supplemented and extended by its linkage to CADdata for AMF products. These are available to our customers free ofcharge, in over 60 CAD formats, direct from the AMF Shop.

Go online with us – test our website and register so that you have all theseadvantages. We look forward to your visit...

In the Online Shop:Register and order at the click of amouse – simple and uncomplicated.

Using EDIFACT:you can order direct from your inventory control system and youreceive the delivery note and invoice.

In e-mail format:you send us the necessary data for your order. Please ask us how it mustbe formatted.

By telephone:just as before, all information is avail-able from our service staff.

+49 (0) 711 57 66-0


2006/6

GB

Certified according

to ISO 9001

Toggle clamps, manual and pneumatic

All sales are subject to our terms of sale, delivery, and payment. All rights for design, photographs and texts reserved by the publisher, AMF. No photomechanical reproduction without our express permission.

SN -/3./-/-/11/2008 - Printed in Germany

ANDREAS MAIER GmbH & Co. KG Schloss- und WerkzeugfabrikHome address: Waiblinger Straße 116

70734 Fellbach Germany

Post address: Postfach 17 60 70707 Fellbach Germany

Phone: +49 (0) 711 / 57 66-0 Fax: +49 (0) 711 / 57 57 25 E-mail: [email protected] Internet: www.amf.de Mobile: amf.mobi

Sales Phone: +49 (0) 711/57 66-284 Fax: +49 (0) 711/57 57 25 E-mail: [email protected]

Catalogue order no. 446435 – € 3,60

Magnetic clamping technology

Mechanical clamping elements

Zero-PointSystems


hydraulic and pneumatic clamping systems...c k - 273.15 1 ( f - 32) x 5/9 f k x 9/5 + 459.67 c x 9/5...

Documents